diff options
| author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> | 2004-06-30 16:16:41 +0000 |
| commit | 843ee41eb8258ac50ed81976757d8b228382a880 (patch) | |
| tree | d0fcdff9e19b05b182de1bb1be46b2e6f5b8b0b7 /runtime/kde-tips | |
| parent | f4b8e57ffd048f9ca46dd7618939ba7a1b2294ec (diff) | |
| download | vim-git-843ee41eb8258ac50ed81976757d8b228382a880.tar.gz | |
updated for version 7.0003
Diffstat (limited to 'runtime/kde-tips')
| -rw-r--r-- | runtime/kde-tips | 9314 |
1 files changed, 9314 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/runtime/kde-tips b/runtime/kde-tips new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67b350d86 --- /dev/null +++ b/runtime/kde-tips @@ -0,0 +1,9314 @@ +*vimtips.txt* This file comes from the Vim Online tip database. These tips +were downloaded on Tue, 24 Sep 2002 15:27:26 -0700 More tips can be found at <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_index.php">http://vim.sf.net/tip_index.php</A><BR> +A new tip file can be downloaded from <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_download.php">http://vim.sf.net/tip_download.php</A><BR> + +Thanks for using vim online. + +<Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>the super star</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=1">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=1</A><BR> + +When a discussion started about learning vim on the vim list Juergen Salk +mentioned the "*" key as something that he wished he had know earlier. When +I read the mail I had to go help on what the heck the "*" did. I also wish +I had known earlier... + +Using the "*" key while in normal mode searches for the word under the cursor. + +If that doesn't save you a lot of typing, I don't know what will. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>easy +edit of files in the same directory</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=2">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=2</A><BR> + +It was often frustrating when I would open a file deep in the code tree and +then realize I wanted to open another file in that same directory. Douglas +Potts taught me a nice way to do this. Add the following snipit to your vimrc: + +" Edit another file in the same directory as the current file " uses +expression to extract path from current file's path " (thanks Douglas Potts) +if has("unix") + map ,e :e <C-R>=expand("%:p:h") . "/" <CR> +else + map ,e :e <C-R>=expand("%:p:h") . "\" <CR> +endif + +Then when you type ,e in normal mode you can use tab to complete to the +file. You can also expand this to allow for spitting, etc. Very very nice. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>use +vim to quickly compile java files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=3">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=3</A><BR> + +For a number of years I used vim on an SGI box. When I left my job at SGI +I went to a company that developed on PCs. For 2 years I used IDEs. I was +unhappy. I was frustrated. I couldn't figure out why. (Beyond my machine +crashing twice a day.) Finally I upgraded to windows 2000 (kind of stable!) and +started using vim as an IDE. All was good. Here is how you use vim to compile +your java: + +1. While I'm sure this works with javac, javac is slow slow slow. So download +the Jikes complier first. (Jikes is from ibm, search on google for jikes +and you will find it..available on most platforms.) + +2. Add the following to your vimrc: + +set makeprg=jikes -nowarn -Xstdout +E % set +errorformat=%f:%l:%c:%*\d:%*\d:%*\s%m + +3. When you are editing a java file type :make and it will compile the +current file and jump you to the first error in the file (if any). Read +":help quickfix" for how to move between errors. + +To setup your classpath environment either launch gvim from a shell that +has your classpath/path setup or use the "let" command to configure it in +your vimrc. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Any word completion</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=4">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=4</A><BR> + +Either when programming or writing, I tend to have some identifiers or words +that I use all the time. By sheer accident, I noticed the 'ctrl-n' command, +that will attempt to complete the word under the cursor. Hit it once, and it +will try to complete it with the first match in the current file. If there is +no match, it will (at least in the case of C code) search through all files +included from the current one. Repeated invocations will cycle through all +found matches. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Quickly searching for a word</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=5">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=5</A><BR> + +To search for a word under the cursor in the current file you can use either +the "*" or "#" keys. + +The "*" key will search for the word from the current cursor position to +the end of the file. The "#" key will search for the word from the current +cursor position to the top of the file. + +Note that the above two keys will search for the whole word and not the +partial word. This is equivalent to using the <word> pattern in the +search commands (/ and ?). + +To search for partial matches, you can use the "g*" and "g#" key sequence. + +You can also use the mouse to search for a word. This will only work in +the GUI version of VIM (gvim) or a console version of VIM in an xterm which +accepts a mouse. Also, the 'mousemodel' should be set to 'extend'. Add the +following line to your .vimrc: + +set mousemodel=extend + +To search for a word under the cursor from the current cursor position to +the end of the file, press the shift key and click on the word using the +left mouse button. To search in the opposite direction, press the shift +key and click on the word using the the right mouse button. + +To get more help on these, use + +:help * :help # :help g* :help g# :help <S-LeftMouse> :help +<S-RightMouse> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using the % key</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=6">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=6</A><BR> + +The % key can be used + +1. To jump to a matching opening or closing parenthesis, square + bracket or a curly brace i.e. ([{}]) +2. To jump to start or end of a C-style comment /* */. 3. To jump to a +matching #if, #ifdef, #else, #elif, #endif C + preprocessor conditionals. + +To get more information about this, do + + :help % + +The % key can be extended to support other matching pairs by modifying the +"matchpairs" option. Read the help on + + :help matchpairs + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Jumping +to the start and end of a code block</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=7">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=7</A><BR> + +To jump to the beginning of a C code block (while, switch, if etc), use the +[{ command. + +To jump to the end of a C code block (while, switch, if etc), use the ]} +command. + +The above two commands will work from anywhere inside the code block. + +To jump to the beginning of a parenthesis use the [( command. + +To jump to the end of a parenthesis use the ]) command. + +To get more help on these commands, do + +:help [{ :help ]} :help [( :help ]) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Jumping +to the declaration of a local/global variable</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=8">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=8</A><BR> + +'gd' command: To jump to the declaration of a local variable in a C program, +position the cursor on the name of the variable and use the gd command. + +'gD' command: To jump to the declaration of a global variable in a C program, +position the cursor on the name of the variable and use the gD command. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Displaying +a variable/macro definition</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=9">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=9</A><BR> + +To display the definition of a variable, place the cursor on the variable +and use the [i command. To display a macro definition, place the cursor on +the macro name and use the [d command. Note that these commands will work +most of the time (not all the time). To get more help on these commands, use + +:help [i :help [d + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Jumping +to previosuly visited locations in a file</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=10">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=10</A><BR> + +Vim remembers all the locations visited by you in a file in a session. +You can jump to the older locations by pressing the Ctrl-O key. You can +jump to the newer locations by pressing the Ctrl-I or the <Tab> key. + +To get more help on these keys, use + +:help CTRL-O :help CTRL-I :help jump-motions + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Completing +words quicky in insert mode</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=11">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=11</A><BR> + +In Insert mode, press the Ctrl-p or Ctrl-n key to complete part of a word +that has been typed. + +This is useful while typing C programs to complete long variable and +function names. This also helps in avoiding typing mistakes. + +Note that using the 'complete' option, you can complete keywords defined in +one of the include files, tag file, etc. + +To get more help on this, use + +:help i_Ctrl-N :help i_Ctrl-P :help ins-completion :help complete + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Converting tabs to spaces</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=12">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=12</A><BR> + +To insert space characters whenever the tab key is pressed, set the +'expandtab' option: + + set expandtab + +With this option set, if you want to enter a real tab character use +Ctrl-V<Tab> key sequence. + +To control the number of space characters that will be inserted when the tab +key is pressed, set the 'tabstop' option. For example, to insert 4 spaces +for a tab, use: + + set tabstop=4 + +After the 'expandtab' option is set, all the new tab characters entered will +be changed to spaces. This will not affect the existing tab characters. +To change all the existing tab characters to match the current tab settings, +use + + :retab + +To change the number of space characters inserted for indentation, use the +'shiftwidth' option: + + set shiftwidth=4 + +For example, to get the following coding style, + - No tabs in the source file - All tab characters are 4 space + characters + +use the following set of options: + + set tabstop=4 set shiftwidth=4 set expandtab + +Add the above settings to your .vimrc file. + +To get more help on these options, use :help tabstop :help shiftwidth :help +expandtab + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Incremental search</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=13">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=13</A><BR> + +To move the cursor to the matched string, while typing the search string, +set the following option in the .vimrc file: + + set incsearch + +You can complete the search by pressing the Enter key. To cancel the search, +press the escape key. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Highlighting +all the search pattern matches</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=14">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=14</A><BR> + +To highlight all the search pattern matches in a file set the following option: + + :set hlsearch + +After this option is set, if you search for a pattern, all the matches in +the file will be highlighted in yellow. + +To disable the highlighting temporarily, use the command + + :nohlsearch + +This command will remove the highlighting for the current search. +The highlighting will come back for the next search. + +To disable the highlighting completely, set the following option: + + :set nohlsearch + +By default, the hlsearch option is turned off. + +To get more help on this option, use + +:help 'hlsearch' :help :nohlsearch + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Displaying status line always</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=15">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=15</A><BR> + +To display the status line always, set the following option in your .vimrc +file: + + set laststatus=2 + +The advantage of having the status line displayed always is, you can see +the current mode, file name, file status, ruler, etc. + +To get more help on this, use + +:help laststatus + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Avoiding +the "Hit ENTER to continue" prompts</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=16">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=16</A><BR> + +To avoid the "Hit ENTER to continue" prompt, use the 'shortmess' option. +Add the following line to your .vimrc file: + + set shortmess=a + +Also, you can increase the height of the command line to 2 + + set cmdheight=2 + +The default command height is 1. + +To get more help on these options, use + +:help hit-enter :help shortmess :help cmdheight + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Erasing +previosuly entered characters in insert mode</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=17">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=17</A><BR> + +In insert mode, to erase previously entered characters, set the following +option: + + set backspace=2 + +By default, this option is empty. If this option is empty, in insert mode, +you can not erase characters entered before this insert mode started. +This is the standard Vi behavior. + +To get more help on this, use + +:help 'backspace' + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Cleanup your HTML</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=18">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=18</A><BR> + +From Johannes Zellner on the vim list: + +You can use vim's makeprg and equalprg to clean up HTML. First download +html tidy from <A HREF="http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/. Then use +the following commands.">http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/. Then use +the following commands.</A><BR> + +vim6? exe 'setlocal equalprg=tidy -quiet -f '.&errorfile setlocal makeprg=tidy +-quiet -e % + +vim5? exe 'set equalprg=tidy -quiet -f '.&errorfile set makeprg=tidy -quiet +-e % + +At this point you can use make to clean up the full file or you can use = +to clean up sections. + +:help = :help equalprg :help makeprg + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>line numbers...</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=19">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=19</A><BR> + +I have started doing all my code reviews on a laptop because of the number +command. + +:set number will put line numbers along the left side of a window + +:help number + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Are *.swp +and *~ files littering your working directory?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=20">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=20</A><BR> + +Have you ever been frustrated at swap files and backups cluttering up your +working directory? + +Untidy: + ons.txt ons.txt~ README README~ tester.py tester.py~ + +Here are a couple of options that can help: + + set backupdir=./.backup,.,/tmp set directory=.,./.backup,/tmp + +This way, if you want your backups to be neatly grouped, just create +a directory called '.backup' in your working directory. Vim will stash +backups there. The 'directory' option controls where swap files go. If your +working directory is not writable, Vim will put the swap file in one of the +specified places. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>easy pasting to windows apps</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=21">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=21</A><BR> + +In Vim, the unnamed register is the " register, and the Windows Clipboard is +the * register. This means that if you yank something, you have to yank it to +the * register if you want to paste it into a Windows app. If this is too much +trouble, set the 'clipboard' option to 'unnamed'. Then you always yank to *. + +So pasting to windows apps doesn't require prefixing "* : + + set clipboard=unnamed + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>handle +common typos for :commands</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=22">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=22</A><BR> + +I frequently hold the shift key for too long when typing, for instance :wq, +and end up with :Wq. Vim then whines "Not an editor command: Wq" + +In my .vimrc, I have taught vim my common typos: command! Q quit command! W +write command! Wq wq " this one won't work, because :X is already a built-in +command command! X xit + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Vim xterm title</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=23">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=23</A><BR> + +Check out your .vimrc. If 'set notitle' is an entry, comment it out with +a quotation mark ("). Now your xterm should inherit the title from Vim. +e.g. 'Vim - ~/.vimrc'. This can be quite nice when programming and editing +lots of files at the same time. by [jonasbn@wanadoo.dk] + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>changing +the default syntax highlighting</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=24">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=24</A><BR> + + Here are some pointers to the vim documentation. Notice that the + mechanism is different in vim 6.0 and vim 5.x. + +1. I want *.foo files to be highlighted like HTML files. + +:help new-filetype <A +HREF="http://www.vim.org/html/autocmd.html#new-filetype">http://www.vim.org/html/autocmd.html#new-filetype</A><BR> + +2. I want to define a syntax file for *.bar files. Read the above and also + +:help mysyntaxfile <A +HREF="http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile">http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile</A><BR> + +3. I want to make a few changes to the existing syntax highlighting. +Depending on the x in 5.x, either read the above and page down a few screens, +or you may be able to skip right to + +:help mysyntaxfile-add <A +HREF="http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile-add">http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile-add</A><BR> + +4. I want to change some of the colors from their defaults. Again, read + +:help mysyntaxfile <A +HREF="http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile">http://www.vim.org/html/syntax.html#mysyntaxfile</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>color +highlighting on telnet (esp w/ SecureCRT)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=25">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=25</A><BR> + +The following settings in .vimrc will enable color highlighting when using +SecureCRT and may work on other telnet packages. The terminal type should +be selected as ANSI and color enabled. + +if !has("gui_running") set t_Co=8 set t_Sf=^[[3%p1%dm set t_Sb=^[[4%p1%dm endif + +The ^[ is entered as "<ctrl-v><esc>" + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Getting +rid of ^M - mixing dos and unix</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=26">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=26</A><BR> + +If you work in a mixed environment you will often open files that have ^M's +in them. An example would be this: + +------------------------------------------------------------------ +import java.util.Hashtable; ^M import java.util.Properties; ^Mimport +java.io.IOException; import org.xml.sax.AttributeList; ^M import +org.xml.sax.HandlerBase; ^Mimport org.xml.sax.SAXException; + +/**^M + * XMLHandler: This class parses the elements contained^M * within a XML + message and builds a Hashtable^M + +[snip] ------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Notice that some programs are not consistent in the way they insert the line +breaks so you end up with some lines that have both a carrage return and a +^M and some lines that have a ^M and no carrage return (and so blend into +one). There are two steps to clean this up. + +1. replace all extraneous ^M: + +:%s/^M$//g + +BE SURE YOU MAKE the ^M USING "CTRL-V CTRL-M" NOT BY TYPING "CARROT M"! This +expression will replace all the ^M's that have carriage returns after them +with nothing. (The dollar ties the search to the end of a line) + +2. replace all ^M's that need to have carriage returns: + +:%s/^M//g + +Once again: BE SURE YOU MAKE the ^M USING "CTRL-V CTRL-M" NOT BY TYPING +"CARROT M"! This expression will replace all the ^M's that didn't have +carriage returns after them with a carriage return. + +Voila! Clean file. Map this to something if you do it frequently. + +:help ffs - for more info on file formats + +thanks to jonathan merz, douglas potts, and benji fisher + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Convert hex to dec</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=27">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=27</A><BR> + +when you check the output of objdump, you'll confused by the $0xFFFFFFc +operand, this function translate the hexcamal to decimal. function! Hex2Dec() + let lstr = getline(".") let hexstr = matchstr(lstr, '0x[a-f0-9]+') + while hexstr != "" + let hexstr = hexstr + 0 exe 's#0x[a-f0-9]+#'.hexstr."#" let lstr = + substitute(lstr, '0x[a-f0-9]+', hexstr, "") let hexstr = matchstr(lstr, + '0x[a-f0-9]+') + endwhile +endfunction usage: 5,8call Hex2Dec() + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>add a line-number +to every line without cat or awk alike utilities.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=28">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=28</A><BR> + +With Unix-like environment, you can use cat or awk to generate a line number +easily, because vim has a friendly interface with shell, so everything work +in vim as well as it does in shell. :%!call -n or :%!awk '{print NR,$0}' + +But, if you use vim in MS-DOS, of win9x, win2000, you loss these tookit. +here is a very simple way to archive this only by vim: fu! LineIt() + exe ":s/^/".line(".")."/" +endf + +Well, a sequence composed with alphabet is as easy as above: + exe "s/^/".nr2char(line("."))."/" + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>reverse +all the line with only 7 keystroke in vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=29">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=29</A><BR> + +:g/^/m0 well, 1. : bring you to command-line mode(also known as ex-mode) +from normal-mode(also known as command mode). 2. g means you'll take an +action through the whole file, generally perform a search, `v' also perform +a search but it match the line not match the canonical expression. 3. / +begins the regular express 4. ^ is a special character respect the start +of a line. 5. the second / ends the regular express and indicate that the +remains is action to do. 6. m means move, `t` and `co' for copy, `d' for +delete 7. 0 is the destination line. + +you can use :g/regexp/t$ to filter all lines and pick the match line together +and copy them to the end of the buffer or :g/regexp/y A to put them into a +register(not eax, ebx...) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Increasing or decreasing numbers</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=30">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=30</A><BR> + +To increase a number under or nearest to the right of the cursor, go to +Normal mode and type: + Ctrl-A + +To decrease, type: + Ctrl-X + +Using this in a macro simplifies generating number sequences a lot. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Find and Replace</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=31">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=31</A><BR> + +To find and replace one or more occurences of a given text pattern with a +new text string, use the s[ubstitute] command. + +There are a variety of options, but these are what you most probably want: + +:%s/foo/bar/g find each occurance of 'foo' and replace it with +'bar' without asking for confirmation + +:%s/foo/bar/gc find each occurance of 'foo' and replace it with +'bar' asking for confirmation first + +:%s/<foo>/bar/gc find (match exact word only) and replace each +occurance of 'foo' with 'bar' + +:%s/foo/bar/gci find (case insensitive) and replace each occurance of +'foo' with 'bar' + +:%s/foo/bar/gcI find (case sensitive) and replace each occurance of +'foo' with 'bar' + +NB: Without the 'g' flag, replacement occurs only for the first occurrence +in each line. + +For a full description and some more interesting examples of the substitute +command refer to + +:help substitute + +See also: + +:help cmdline-ranges :help pattern :help gdefault + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Write +your own vim function(scripts)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=32">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=32</A><BR> + +compare to C and shell(bash), herein is some vim specifics about vim-script: +1. A function name must be capitalized. + hex2dec is invalid Hex2dec is valid while in c and shell(bash), both + lowercase and uppercase is allowed. +2. how to reference the parameters + fu! Hex2dec(var1, var2) + let str=a:var1 let str2=a:var2 + you must prefix the parameter name with "a:", and a:var1 itself is read-only + in c, you reference the parameter directly and the parameter is writable. +3. how to implement variable parameter + fu! Hex2dec(fixpara, ...) + a:0 is the real number of the variable parameter when you invoke the + function, with :Hex2dec("asdf", 4,5,6), a:0=3, and a:1=4 a:2=5 a:3=6 + you can combine "a:" and the number to get the value while i<a:0 + exe "let num=a:".i let i=i+1 + endwhile in c, the function get the real number by checking the additional + parameter such as printf family, or by checking the special value such + as NULL +4. where is the vim-library + yes, vim has its own function-library, just like *.a in c :help functions +5. can I use += or ++ operator? + Nop, += and ++ (and -=, -- and so on)operator gone away in vim. +6. How can I assign a value to a variables and fetch its value? + let var_Name=value let var1=var2 like it does in c, except you must use + let keyword +7. Can I use any ex-mode command in a function? + As I know, yes, just use it directly, as if every line you type appears + in the familar : +8. Can I call a function recurse? + Yes, but use it carefully to avoid infinte call. +9. Can I call another function in a function? + Course, like C does. +10. Must I compile the function? + No, you needn't and you can't, just :so script_name, after this you can + call the function freely. +11. Is it has integer and char or float data type? + No, like perl, vim script justify the variable type depend upon the context + :let a=1 :let a=a."asdf" :echo a you'll get `1asdf' :let a=1 :let a=a+2 + :echo a you'll get 3 But it differs from perl. +12. Must I append a `;' in every statement? + No, never do that. ; is required in C, and optional in shell for each + statement in a alone line. But is forbidden in vim. if you want combine + servals statement in one single line, use `|'. Take your mind that every + statement appears in function should be valid in ex-mode(except for some + special statement). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>toggle +off the line-number when enter on-line help</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=33">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=33</A><BR> + +I like the line-number for myself editing. But I hate it in on-line help +page because it force the screen wrapped. :au filetype help :se nonu + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>control +the position of the new window</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=34">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=34</A><BR> + +:se splitbelow make the new window appears below the current window. +:se splitright make the new window appears in right.(only 6.0 version can +do a vsplit) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>translate +// style comment to /* */and vice vesa</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=35">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=35</A><BR> + +the `|' concatenate servals ex-command in one line. It's the key to translate +// style comments to /* */ style :g#^s{-}//#s##/*# | s#$#*/# + +the `|' keep the current line matchs ^s{-}// to perform s#$#*/ + +/* ... */ ---> //style :g#/*(.{-})*/#//1# + +/* .... + .... ..... +*/ =====> //...... //...... //...... style: ? Anyone implement it? + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using Gnu-info help in vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=36">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=36</A><BR> + +K in normal bring you the man page about the keyword under current cursor. +:nnoremap <F1> :exe ":!info ".expand("<cword>") Now press F1 +while the cursor is hold by a keyword such as printf will bring you to +Gnu-info help page :h <F1> :h nnoremap + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>The +basic operation about vim-boolean optionals</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=37">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=37</A><BR> + +:set number switch the number on :set nonumber switch it off :set invnumber +or :set number! switch it inverse against the current setting :set number& +get the default value vim assums. + +replace number with any legal vim-boolean optionals, they all works well. +for vim-non-boolean optionals :set optional& also works properly. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Cursor +one line at a time when :set wrap</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=38">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=38</A><BR> + +If your tierd of the cursor jumping past 5 lines when :set wrap then add +these mappings to you vimrc file. + +nnoremap j gj nnoremap k gk vnoremap j gj vnoremap k gk nnoremap <Down> +gj nnoremap <Up> gk vnoremap <Down> gj vnoremap <Up> +gk inoremap <Down> <C-o>gj inoremap <Up> <C-o>gk + +What they do is remap the cursor keys to use there `g' equvilant. See :help gj + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Undo and Redo</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=39">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=39</A><BR> + +To undo recent changes, use the u[ndo] command: + +u undo last change (can be repeated to undo preceding commands) +U return the line to its original state (undo all changes in +current line) CTRL-R Redo changes which were undone (undo the undo's). + +For a full description of the undo/redo commands refer to + +:help undo + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Insert a file</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=40">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=40</A><BR> + +To insert the contents of a file (or the output of a system command) into +the current buffer, use the r[ead] command: + +Examples: + +:r foo.txt inserts the file foo.txt below the cursor + +:0r foo.txt inserts the file foo.txt above the first line + +:r !ls inserts a listing of your directory below the cursor + +:$r !pwd inserts the current working directory below the last line + +For more information about the r[ead] command refer to: + +:help read + +See also: + +:help cmdline-ranges :help !cmd + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Command-history +facilities for Oracle/sqlplus user</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=41">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=41</A><BR> + + First of all, thanks Benji fisher, Stefan Roemer... +and others in vim@vim.org which spend much time to answer questions, +sometimes foolish question asked by someone like me. Without their I can't +get the final solution for my sqlplus work descripted follows. + As Oracle user known, sqlplus has a very bad +command-line edition environment. It has no command-history, don't support +most of getline facilities. which MySQL and shell does it well. Even Microsoft +recogonize this point. In Windows2000, doskey is installed by default. + Below is my vim-solution to sqlplus, which +record the command-history when you use edit(sqlplus builtin command) to +open the editor specified by EDITOR environment variable. It saves the SQL +statement into a standalone file such as .sqlplus.history + Every time you open the file +afiedt.buf(sqlplus's default command-buffer file), you get two splited windows, +the buffer above is afiedt.buf, the buffer below is .sqlplus.history, you +can see every SQL statement in the windows. If you want to use SQL statement +in line 5 to replace + the current command-buffer, just press 5K, then + :xa to back to you sqlplus. and use / to repeat the command + saved in command-buffer file called afiedt.buf by default. + It can't process multi-line SQL statement convinencely. + Todo this, just use you favorite vim trick to do that: + fu! VimSQL() + nnoremap <C-K> :<C-U> + exe "let linenum=".v:count<CR>:1,$-1d<CR><C-W>j:exe + lin enum."y"<CR><C-W>kP + let linenum=line("$") 1,$-1w! >> ~/.sqlplus.history e + ~/.sqlplus.history execute ":$-".(linenum-1).",$m0" %!uniq if + line("$")>100 + 101,$d + endif b# set splitbelow sp ~/.sqlplus.history au! BufEnter afiedt.buf +endf au BufEnter afiedt.buf call VimSQL() + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using marks</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=42">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=42</A><BR> + +To mark one or more positions in a file, use the m[ark] command. + +Examples: + +ma - set current cursor location as mark a + +'a - jump to beginning of line of mark a + +`a - jump to postition of mark a + +d'a - delete from current line to line of mark a + +d`a - delete from current cursor position to mark a + +c'a - change text from current line to line of mark a + +y`a - yank text to unnamed buffer from cursor to mark a + +:marks - list all the current marks + +NB: Lowercase marks (a-z) are valid within one file. Uppercase marks (A-Z), +also called file marks, are valid between files. + +For a detailed description of the m[ark] command refer to + +:help mark + +See also: + +:help various-motions + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using abbreviations</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=43">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=43</A><BR> + +To define abbreviations, use the ab[breviate] command. + +Examples: + +:ab rtfm read the fine manual - Whenever you type 'rtfm' followed by a +<space> (or <esc> or <cr>) vim + will expand this to 'read the fine manual'. + +:ab - list all defined abbreviations + +:una[bbreviate] rtfm - remove 'rtfm' from the list of abbreviations + +:abc[lear] - remove all abbreviations + +NB: To avoid expansion in insert mode, type CTRL-V after the last character +of the abbreviation. + +For a detailed description of the ab[breviate] command and some more examples +refer to + +:help abbreviations + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Repeat last changes</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=44">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=44</A><BR> + +Simple text changes in normal mode (e.g. "dw" or "J") can be repeated with +the "." command. The last command-line change (those invoked with ":", +e.g. ":s/foo/bar") can be repeated with the "@:" command. + +For more informations about repeating single changes refer to: + +:help single-repeat + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using command-line history</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=45">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=45</A><BR> + +You can recall previous command lines from a history table by hitting the +<Up> and <Down> cursor keys in command-line mode. For example, +this can be used to find the previous substitute command: Type ":s" and +then <Up>. + +There are separate history tables for the ':' commands and for previous '/' +or '?' search strings. + +To display the history of last entered commands or search strings, use the +:his[tory] command: + +:his - Display command-line history. + +:his s - Display search string history. + + +For a detailed description of the command-line history refer to: + +:help cmdline-history + +See also: + +:help Cmdline-mode + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Win32 +binaries with perl, python, and tcl</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=46">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=46</A><BR> + +> Does anyone know if windows binaries of vim 5.7 are available with perl +and > python support turned on? + +<A +HREF="ftp://vim.sourceforge.net/pub/vim/upload_binaries/">ftp://vim.sourceforge.net/pub/vim/upload_binaries/</A><BR> + +<A +HREF="http://vim.sourceforge.net/bin_download/">http://vim.sourceforge.net/bin_download/</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Swapping +characters, words and lines</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=47">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=47</A><BR> + +To swap two characters or lines, use the following commands: + +xp - delete the character under the cursor and put it afterwards. + (In other words, it swaps the characters.) + +ddp - delete the current line and put it afterwards. + (In other words, it swaps the lines.) + +Unfortunately there is no universal solution to swap two words. You may +try the following ones, but don't expect too much of them: + +dawwP - delete the word under the cursor, move forward one word + and put it back after the cursor. (In other words, it swaps + the current and following word.) + +dawbP - delete the word under the cursor, move backward on word + and put it back after the cursor. (In other words, it swaps + the current and preceeding word.) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Moving around</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=48">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=48</A><BR> + +You can save a lot of time when navigating through the text by using +appropriate movements commands. In most cases the cursor keys, <PageUp> +or <PageDown> are NOT the best choice. + +Here is a selection of some basic movement commands that hopefully helps +you to acquire a taste for more: + +e - move to the end of a word w - move forward to the beginning of a +word 3w - move forward three words b - move backward to the beginning of +a word 3b - move backward three words + +$ - move to the end of the line <End> - same as $ 0 - +move to the beginning of the line <Home> - same as 0 + +) - jump forward one sentence ( - jump backward one sentence + +} - jump forward one paragraph { - jump backward one paragraph + +H - jump to the top of the display M - jump to the middle of the display +L - jump to the bottom of the display + +'m - jump to the beginning of the line of mark m `m - jump to the location +of mark m + +G - jump to end of file 1G - jump to beginning of file 50G - jump to line 50 + +'' - return to the line where the cursor was before the latest jump `` - +return to the cursor position before the latest jump (undo the jump). + +% - jump to corresponding item, e.g. from an open brace to its + matching closing brace + +For some more interesting movement commands (especially those for programmers) +refer to: + +:help motion.txt + +:help search-commands + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Switching case of characters</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=49">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=49</A><BR> + +To switch the case of one or more characters use the "~", "gU" or "gu" +commands. + +Examples: + +~ - switch case of character under cursor + (in visual-mode: switch case of highlighted text) + +3~ - switch case of next three characters + +g~~ - switch case of current line + +U - in visual-mode: make highlighted text uppercase + +gUU - make current line uppercase + +u - in visual-mode: make highlighted text lowercase + +guu - make current line lowercase + +gUaw - make current word uppercase + +guaw - make current word lowercase + +For some more examples refer to + +:help ~ + +See also: + +:help simple-change + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Recovering files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=50">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=50</A><BR> + +If your computer has crashed while editing a file, you should be able to +recover the file by typing + + vi -r <filename> + +where <filename> is the name of the file you were editing at the time +of the crash. If you were editing without a file name, give an empty string +as argument: + + vim -r "" + +To get a list of recoverable files start vim without arguments: + + vim -r + +For more information about file recovery refer to: + +:help recovery + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Entering german umlauts</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=51">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=51</A><BR> + +To enter german umlauts (or any other of those weired characters) not +available on your keyboard use 'digraphs': + +In insert-mode type for example: + + CTRL-K "a + + CTRL-K ^e + +which gives an 'ä' and 'e' with a hat. + +You can also set the digraph option: + + :set digraph (or :set dg) + +With digraph option set you can enter + + " <BS> a + + ^ <BS> e + +which gives the same result. + +To get a list of currently defined digraphs type + + :dig[graphs] + +For more information about defining and using digraphs refer to: + +:help digraph.txt + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Scrolling synchronously</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=52">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=52</A><BR> + +If you want to bind two or more windows such that when one window is scrolled, +the other windows are scrolled simultaneously, set the 'scrollbind' option +for these windows: + +:set scrollbind + +When a window that has 'scrollbind' set is scrolled, all other 'scrollbind' +windows are scrolled the same amount, if possible. + +For more information about the 'scrollbind' option refer to + +:help scoll-binding + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Better +colors for syntax highlighting</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=53">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=53</A><BR> + +For syntax highlighting there are two sets of default color maps: One for a +light and another one for a dark background. If you have a black background, +use the following command to get a better color map for syntax highlighting: + +:set background=dark + +You have to switch off and on again syntax highlighting to activate the new +color map: + +:syntax off :syntax on + +For a detailled description of syntax highlighting refer to + +:help syntax.txt + +See also the Vim syntax support file: $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>View +a Java Class File Decompiled thru Vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=54">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=54</A><BR> + +Hi All, Wish u could view a Java Class File using Vim, Well ur query +ends here. First of all u will need a Java Decompiler to decompile the +Class File. I would suggest the JAD decompiler by Pavel Kouznetsov <A +HREF="http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Bridge/8617/jad.html">http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Bridge/8617/jad.html</A><BR> + +Its a command line decompiler and absolutely free. U can use any command +line decompiler of ur choice. + +Next create a vimscript file called jad.vim as ######################### +FILE START ################ augr class au! au bufreadpost,filereadpost +*.class %!d:jad.exe -noctor -ff -i -p % au bufreadpost,filereadpost +*.class set readonly au bufreadpost,filereadpost *.class set ft=java au +bufreadpost,filereadpost *.class normal gg=G au bufreadpost,filereadpost +*.class set nomodified augr END ######################## FILE END +##################### + +Note:- Keep the Jad.exe in a directory with out white spaces. The -p options +directs JAD to send the output to standard output instead of a .jad file. Other +options are described on the JAD site. + +Next add the following line in the .vimrc file. so jad.vim + +Next time u do vim abc.class. Viola u have the source code for abc.class. + +NOTE:- I have written the script so as to open the class file read only, +So that u dont accidently modify it. U can also exted this script to unjar +a jar file and then view each file in the JAR file. thanks bhaskar Any +suggestions are welcome + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>previous buffer</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=55">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=55</A><BR> + +One of the keys to vim is buffer management. If I have to use another IDE +that makes me click on a tab every time I want to look at another file I'm +going to go postal. + +So of course you know about :ls which lists all the current open buffers. This +gets a little unweildly once you have a full project open so you can also use +:b <any snipit of text> <tab> to complete to an open buffer. This +is really nice because you can type any fragment of a file name and it will +complete to the matching file. (i.e. RequestManager.java can be completed +using "tma"<tab> or "req"<tab> or "r.java"<tab>). + +Now for awhile I was also using :bn and :bp which jumps you to the next +and previous buffer respectively. I found I was often frustrated because I +wanted :bp to be the previous buffer I was in, not the previous buffer in +the list. So (drum roll) the reason I wrote this tip was because of: + +:b# + +jump to the previous buffer you were in. Very very handy. The only thing +nicer are tag, but that's a tip for another time. + +:help buffers :help bn :help bp + +If anybody knows where to get help on # in this context please add notes. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>how +to avoid obliterating window layout</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=58">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=58</A><BR> + +If you take the time to lay out several windows with vim (especially vertically +in version 6), you may be bummed when you hit an errant key and find that +all but what one window disappears. + +What happens: while navigating between windows, you hit <C-W>j, +<C-W>k, etc. At some point you accidently hit <C-W> but then +don't follow with a window command. Now hitting 'o' to start insert mode +issues a command equivalent to :only, and closes all windows execept for +the one you are in (unless some windows have unsaved changes in them). + +How to avoid this: petition the vim-dev mailing list about how :only is +sufficient for the infrequenty use this might get (j/k). + +Really: use mapping to disable the <C-W>o functionality; put this in +your .vimrc: + +nnoremap <C-W>O :echo "sucker"<CR> nnoremap <C-W>o :echo +"sucker"<CR> nnoremap <C-W><C-O> :echo "sucker"<CR> + +references: + +:help :only :help CTRL-W_o + +That is all. Scott + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Applying +substitutes to a visual block</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=62">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=62</A><BR> + +If you'd like to apply a substitute, or even any ex command, to a visual-block +selected text region (ctrl-v and move), then you'll want Stefan Roemer's <A +HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/vis.vim . Just source +it in,">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/vis.vim . Just source +it in,</A><BR> and then press ":B". On the command line you'll see + +:'<,'>BCtrl-V + +Just continue with the substitute or whatever... + +:'<,'>B s/abc/ABC/g + +and the substitute will be applied to just that block of text! + +Example: Ctrl-V Select..........|......Type ..................just +the central....|......:B s/abc/ABC/g ..................four +"abc"s..............| ..................----------------....|...------------- +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcabcabcabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcABCABCabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcABCABCabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcabcabcabc + (dots inserted to retain tabular format) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Applying +substitutes to a visual block</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=63">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=63</A><BR> + +If you'd like to apply a substitute, or even any ex command, to a visual-block +selected text region (ctrl-v and move), then you'll want Stefan Roemer's <A +HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/vis.vim . Just source +it in,">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/vis.vim . Just source +it in,</A><BR> and then press ":B". On the command line you'll see + +:'<,'>BCtrl-V + +Just continue with the substitute or whatever... + +:'<,'>B s/abc/ABC/g + +and the substitute will be applied to just that block of text! + +Example: Ctrl-V Select..........|......Type +..................just the central.......|......:B +s/abc/ABC/g ..................four "abc"s.................| +..................---------............|...------------- +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcabcabcabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcABCABCabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcABCABCabc +..................abcabcabcabc............|......abcabcabcabc + (dots inserted to retain tabular format) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Always set +your working directory to the file you're editing</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=64">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=64</A><BR> + +Sometimes I think it's helpful if your working directory is always the same +as the buffer you are editing. You need to put this in your .vimrc: + +function! CHANGE_CURR_DIR() + let _dir = expand("%:p:h") exec "cd " . _dir unlet _dir +endfunction + +autocmd BufEnter * call CHANGE_CURR_DIR() + +Doing this will make a "cd" command to your the current buffer each time +you switch to it. This is actually similar to vimtip#2 but more automatic. + +You should see for more details: :help autocmd :help expand :help function + +Note: This tip was contributed by somebody on the list a while ago (sorry +for no reference) and it has been extremely helpful to me. Thanks! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Insert +line number into the actuall text of the file.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=65">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=65</A><BR> + +Although :set number will add nice line number for you At time you may wish +to actually place the line numbers into the file. For example on GNU Unix +you can acomplish a simular task using cat -n file > new_file + +In VIM you can use the global command to do this + +:g/^/exec "s/^/".strpart(line(".")." ", 0, 4) + +What this does is run the exec comand on every line that matches /^/ (All) +The exec command taks a string and executes it as if it were typed in. + +line(".")." " -> returns the number of the current line plus four spaces. +strpart("123 ", 0, 4) -> returns only the first four characters ("123 "). +"s/^/123 " -> substituts the begining of the line with "123 ". + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Transfer +text between two Vim 'sessions',</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=66">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=66</A><BR> + +This one is a one of my favorites from Dr. Chip, and I haven't seen it come +across vim tips yet... + +Can use either visual, or marking to denote the text. + +" transfer/read and write one block of text between vim sessions " Usage: " +`from' session: " ma " move to end-of-block " xw " " `to' session: +" move to where I want block inserted " xr " if has("unix") + nmap xr :r $HOME/.vimxfer<CR> nmap xw + :'a,.w! $HOME/.vimxfer<CR> vmap xr c<esc>:r + $HOME/.vimxfer<CR> vmap xw :w! $HOME/.vimxfer<CR> +else + nmap xr :r c:/.vimxfer<CR> nmap xw :'a,.w! c:/.vimxfer<CR> + vmap xr c<esc>:r c:/.vimxfer<cr> vmap xw + :w! c:/.vimxfer<CR> +endif + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Ascii Value</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=67">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=67</A><BR> + +Sometimes we, the programmers, need the value of a character, don't we? +You can learn the ascii value of a character by pressing g and a keys.(ga)! +It displays the value in dec, hex and octal... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Delete key</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=68">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=68</A><BR> + +Don't worry if your delete key does not work properly. Just press +<CTRL>-Backspace. It works under both mode(insert or normal). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>dot makes life easier</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=69">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=69</A><BR> + +You can copy and paste the last changes you made in the last insert mode +without using y and p by pressing . (just dot). Vim memorizes the keys you +pressed and echos them if you hit the dot key. You must be in command mode +as usual. It can be helpful... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>running a command on all buffers</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=70">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=70</A><BR> + +From Peter Bismuti on the vim list: + +How to global search and replace in all buffers with one command? You need +the AllBuffers command: + +:call AllBuffers("%s/string1/string2/g") + +"put this in a file and source it function AllBuffers(cmnd) + let cmnd = a:cmnd let i = 1 while (i <= bufnr("$")) + if bufexists(i) + execute "buffer" i execute cmnd + endif let i = i+1 + endwhile +endfun + +":call AllBuffers("%s/foo/bar/ge|update") + +Thanks Peter! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Transfer +text between two gvim sessions using clipboard</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=71">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=71</A><BR> + +If you use gvim, you can transfer text from one instance of gvim into another +one using clipboard. It is convenient to use * (star) register, like this: + +In one instance yank two lines into clipboard: + "*2yy +Paste it in another instance in normal mode: + "*p +or in insert mode: + <Ctrl-R>* + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Remove unwanted empty lines</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=72">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=72</A><BR> + +Sometimes to improve the readability of the document I insert empty lines, +which will be later removed. To get rid off them try: :%g/^$/d This will +remove a l l empty line in the document. Some other tipps you can find +under www.linuxclass.de/vim.phtml + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Using vim as calculator</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=73">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=73</A><BR> + +Basic calculations can done within vim easily by typing (insert-mode): STRG +(=CTRL) + R followed by = then for example 2+2 and hit RETURN the result 4 +will be printed in the document. + +Some other tipps you can find under www.linuxclass.de/vim.phtml + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +Vim as an outline processor</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=74">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=74</A><BR> + +With the addition of folding, Vim6 can function as a high performance outline +processor. Simply :set ai and in insert mode use backspace to promote and +tab to demote headlines. + +In command mode, << promotes (n<< to promote multiple lines), +and >> demotes. Also, highlight several headlines and < or > +to promote or demote. + +:set foldmethod=indent, and then your z commands can expand or collapse +headline trees, filewide or by the tree. + +The VimOutliner GPL distro contains the scripts and configs to easily +configure Vim6 as an outliner, including scripts to create tag files enabling +interoutline hyperlinking. + +The VimOutliner project is at <A +HREF="http://www.troubleshooters.com/projects/vimoutliner/index.htm.">http://www.troubleshooters.com/projects/vimoutliner/index.htm.</A><BR> + +Steve (Litt) slitt@troubleshooters.com + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Remap +CAPSLOCK key in Windows 2000 Professional and NT4.0</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=75">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=75</A><BR> + +If you're Windows 2000 Professional user and got tired to move your hands off +basic row when hitting <ESC> key here the solution (not for Windows 9x.): +remap CapsLock key as <ESC> key. It's located in useful position. Put +this lines into <EscLock.reg> file and start it in explorer.Reboot.Enjoy. + +REGEDIT4 [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Keyboard Layout] +"Scancode Map"=hex:00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,02,00,00,00,01,00,3a,00,00,00,00,00 + +To restore you capslock back just delete this entry from Registry and reboot. +And below is remapping <capslock> as <Left Control>: + +REGEDIT4 [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Keyboard Layout] +"Scancode Map"=hex:00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,02,00,00,00,1d,00,3a,00,00,00,00,00 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Folding for Quickfix</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=76">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=76</A><BR> + +The Quickfix mode aims to "speed up the edit-compile-edit cycle" according to +':help quickfix'. After executing ':make' or ':grep' it is possible to skim +through the list of errors/matches and the appropriate source code locations +with, for instance, the ':cnext' command. Another way to get a quick overview +is to use VIMs folding mode, to fold away all the error-free/match-free +regions. The script at the end of this message can be used for this +purpose. It is at the moment not elaborate enough to put it up as a 'script'; +but it might give someone inspiration to do so. Big restrictions / bugs are +as follows: 1. Vim Perl interface is required, i.e. the output of ':version' +must contain '+perl' (People with Vim scripting knowledge might fix this) +2. Works only for one file, i.e. the current buffer. 3. It's a quick hack. +Sample usage: (a) edit a file, (b) do ':grep regexp %' to get a quickfix +error list and (c) ':source foldqf.vim' will fold as described Increasing +the value of $CONTEXT gives you more context around the error regions. + +Here comes it, it should be 7 lines: ---foldqf.vim cwindow perl $CONTEXT = 0; +perl @A = map { m/\|(\d+)\|/; $1 +0 } $curbuf->Get(1..$curbuf->Count()); +close normal zD perl sub fold { VIM::DoCommand( $_[0] . ',' . ($_[1]) . "fold" +) if( $_[0] < $_[1] ); } perl $last = 0; for (@A) { fold( $last+1+$CONTEXT, +$_-1-$CONTEXT ); $last = $_; }; VIM::DoCommand(($A[-1]+1+$CONTEXT ) +. ',$fold' ); + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Displaying +search results using folds</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=77">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=77</A><BR> + +A guy I work with told me about a function that an old IBM text editor had +that he said was useful, and that is to create folds in the file after a +search such that every line that is visible contains the search pattern(except +possibly the first). All lines that do not contain the search pattern are +folded up to the last occurence of the pattern or the top of the file. + +One use for such a function is to be able to make a quick and dirty api of +a source file. For example, if working in Java, you could run the function +using the pattern "public|protected|private" and ithe results would be that +only the method headers would be visible (well, close enough). + +function! Foldsearch(search) + normal zE "erase all folds to begin with normal G$ + "move to the end of the file let folded = 0 "flag to set when + a fold is found let flags = "w" "allow wrapping in the search let + line1 = 0 "set marker for beginning of fold while search(a:search, + flags) > 0 + let line2 = line(".") "echo "pattern found at line # + " line2 if (line2 -1 > line1) + "echo line1 . ":" . (line2-1) "echo "A fold goes here." + execute ":" . line1 . "," . (line2-1) . "fold" + let folded = 1 "at + least one fold has been found + endif let line1 = line2 "update marker let flags = "W" + "turn off wrapping + endwhile + " Now create the last fold which goes to the end of the file. + normal $G let line2 = line(".") + "echo "end of file found at line # " line2 + if (line2 > line1 && folded == 1) + "echo line1 . ":" . line2 "echo "A fold goes here." + execute ":". line1 . "," . line2 . "fold" + endif +endfunction + +" Command is executed as ':Fs pattern'" command! -nargs=+ -complete=command +Fs call Foldsearch(<q-args>) " View the methods and variables in a +java source file." command! Japi Fs public\|protected\|private + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>rotating mail signatures</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=78">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=78</A><BR> + +For people using mutt and vim for mail, the following script will allow +you to insert a new signature (and again and again if you don\'t like the +current one) at the bottom of your mail. This is usefull eg when you don\'t +want to send a potentially offensive quote to someone you don\'t know very +well (or a mailing list), but are too lazy to delete the quote, open your +quotes file, and cut and paste another one in. (I put it here in \'tips\' +and not in \'scripts\' because it is imo too short to be a \'real\' script) + +" rotate_sig.vim " Maintainer: Roel Vanhout <roel@2e-systems.com> +" Version: 0.1 " Last Change: Tuesday, June 12, 2001 " Mapping I use: +" nmap ,r :call RotateSig()<CR> " Usage: " -Make sure you delimit +your sig with '-- ', or adjust the script " -Adjust the last execute to a +command that prints a sig to stdout " Known problems: " - You'll get an +error message when you're below the last " '^-- $' in your mail (nothing +bad though - just an not- " found marker) + +function! RotateSig() + normal mQG execute '?^-- $' execute ':nohl' normal o<ESC> normal + dG normal <CR> execute 'r !~/bin/autosig ~/.quotes \%' normal `Q +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How to use +:grep to get a clickable list of function names</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=79">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=79</A><BR> + +The following function will make a :cwindow window with a line per function +in the current C source file. NOTE: It writes the file as a side effect. + +Invoke with ':call ShowFunc()' You may want to do :nmap <somekey> +:call ShowFunc()<CR> + +function! ShowFunc() + + let gf_s = &grepformat let gp_s = &grepprg + + let &grepformat = '%*\k%*\sfunction%*\s%l%*\s%f %*\s%m' let &grepprg = + 'ctags -x --c-types=f --sort=no -o -' + + write silent! grep % cwindow + + let &grepformat = gf_s let &grepprg = gp_s + +endfunc + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Restore +cursor to file position in previous editing session</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=80">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=80</A><BR> + +Here's something for your <.vimrc> which will allow you to restore +your cursor position in a file over several editing sessions. This technique +uses the viminfo option: + +Ex. set viminfo='10,\"100,:20,%,n~/.viminfo + au BufReadPost * if line("'\"") > 0|if line("'\"") <= + line("$")|exe("norm '\"")|else|exe "norm $"|endif|endif + +If you're on Unix, the viminfo is probably fine as is (but check up on Vim's +help for viminfo to see if you like the settings above). For Windows you'll +need to change the "n" suboption to something like + +Ex. set viminfo='10,\"100,:20,%,nc:\\some\\place\\under\\Windoz\\_viminfo + +This tip is a somewhat improved version of the example given for :he line() +in the Vim on-line documentation. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Substitution of characters and lines in VIM is +made far easier with the s and S commands</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=81">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=81</A><BR> + +Substitute Characters ----------------------------------- I was just editing +a file that contained the same leading string on many lines. + +example: + +foo_bar_baz1=a foo_bar_baz1=abc674 foo_bar_baz1=qrs foo_bar_baz1=m1 +foo_bar_baz1=bz90 foo_bar_baz1=bc ... + +Needing to only substitute a portion of the string, I referred to a VIM +reference card and discovered a command answering my need exactly. The s +command is used to subsitute a certain number of characters. In my example +file above, if I only needed to subsititute the characters foo_bar, I set +the cursor on the first character where I'd like the subsitution to begin +and type 7s. VIM drops the characters foo_bar and goes to insert mode, +waiting for the substitution text. + +Substitute Lines ----------------------- After years of using vi and VIM and +always deleting multiple lines in order to replace them, I just discovered +the S command. If you need to subsitute three lines of text, simply type +3S. VIM drops the three lines and goes into insert mode, waiting for the +subsitution text. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>letting +variable values be overwritten in a script</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=82">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=82</A><BR> + +this is a simple function i wrote to get the value of a variable from three +different places (in that order): the current buffer, the global setting +or from the script itself. + +this allows me to set a default value for a configuration variable inside my +script and the user to change it on a global level by setting the same variable +with a g: prepended. then, they can further set it on a per-buffer level by +the the b: mechanism. one of the examples for this might be my comments script +(not uploaded). i have a variable in there that determines whether comment +characters (// for java, for example) are placed the beginning of the line or +just before the first-non-blanks in the text. i set up a default in my script: + +let s:comments_hug_start_of_line=0 " comments should hug the text + +that's fine as a default, but if i want to overwrite it for vim scripts, +i just put the following in my ftplugin/vim.vim: + +let b:comments_hug_start_of_line=1 " vim comments should hug the first +column, always + +" tries to return the buffer-specific value of a variable; if not +" found, tries to return the global value -- if that's not found " +either, returns the value set in the script itself function! GetVar(varName) + if (exists ("b:" . a:varName)) + exe "let retVal=b:" . a:varName + elseif (exists ("g:" . a:varName)) + exe "let retVal=g:" . a:varName + elseif (exists ("s:" . a:varName)) + exe "let retVal=s:" . a:varName + else + retVal=-1 + endif return retVal +endfunction + +personally, i never let it get to the -1 state by always having an s: set +with SOME default value. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>how +to indent (useful for source code)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=83">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=83</A><BR> + +Here is the most useful vim command that I know of and I'm surprised that +it's not yet in the tips list. + +I use the indent features of vim all the time. Basically, it lets you indent +your source code. + +SETUP: To make indentation work nicely I have the following in my .vimrc file: +set et set sw=4 set smarttab + +these make vim behave nicely when indenting, giving 4 spaces (not tabs) +for each "tabstop". + +HOW TO USE: in command mode, == will indent the current line selecting a range +of lines (with shift-v) then == will indent your selection typing a number +then == will indent that many lines, starting from your cursor (you get the +idea, there are many other things you can do to select a range of lines) + +Tell me that isn't great? + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Changing +the behaviour of . to include visual mode</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=84">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=84</A><BR> + +one of the things i do a lot in vim is to make a change to the beginning or +end of the line (such as adding the text '// remove' at the end of java +debug code). a quick way of doing this is to use a to append the text to +the end of the first line and then move down one, hit . (repeat last edit), +move down, hit . etc. etc. the following mapping allows one to simply +highlight the region in question and hit . -- it will automatically +execute the . once on each line: + + " allow the . to execute once for each line of a visual selection vnoremap + . :normal .<CR> + +another thing i do a lot is to record a quick macro in the "a" register +and then play it back a number of times. while @@ can be used to repeat the +last register used, my recorded macros sometimes use other registers so @@ +doesn't necessarily give me the same results as @a. also, i have mapped ' +to ` because i like to go to the precise location of my marks -- always -- +and never to the beginning of the line. this leaves my ` key unused. so: + + " make ` execute the contents of the a register nnoremap ` @a + +then, in keeping with the visual . above, i did the same for the ` -- is +thexecutes @a once on each highlighed line. + + vnoremap ` :normal @a<CR> + +as an example, say i have the following lines of java code: + + public String m_asdf; public String m_lkhj; public int m_hjkhjkh; + +and, for some reason, i need to get the following: + + "asdf" "lkhj" "hjkhjkh" + +i record the following into a: + + ^cf_"<ESC>$r" + +the ^ is because my java code is indented and i don't want to go to +column 0 and the <esc> is an actual escape i hit to exit insert mode. + +then, i simply select (visually) the other lines (only two in case -- +admittedly not an overly useful example) and just hit `. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How to mimic +the vim 6.0 plugin feature with older versions</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=85">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=85</A><BR> + +If you do not have vim 6.0, but would like to mimic the plugins directory +feature then copy and paste this into your vimrc: + +exec "source " . substitute(glob($VIM."/plugins/*.vim"), "\n", "\nsource ", +"g") + +It will automatically source every vim script file located in the vim/plugins +directory. Now, to add a new plugin, just drop the script in this directory +and vim will automatically find it. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Helps +undo 1 line when entered many</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=86">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=86</A><BR> + +When U entered text, U cannot undo only 1 line, for example, when U press +"u", all entered in last "insert" text removed. + +If U add this line to .vimrc: inoremap <Return> <Return>^O^[ +where "^O" or "^[" is 1 char "u" will undo (remove) only 1 line. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Get +vim 5.x window in vim 6.x</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=87">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=87</A><BR> + +The format of the window title in vim 5.x (well, at least for 5.7,.8, for +Win32) used to be VIM - <full filename with path>. It's not in the +win32 binary of 6.0an that I found. I want my old way back. + +Turns out, all that it takes to get it back is :set title titlestring=VIM\ +-\ %F "make sure that the window caption setting is turned on and set caption +to vim 5.x style + +Oh, however, one thing I did like about the 6.0 style is that it puts the +word "help" in the title when the current buffer is a help file; so, I just +tacked %h to my titlestring giving: + +:set title titlestring=VIM\ -\ %F\ %h "make sure that the window caption +setting is turned on and set caption to vim 5.x style + +see also: :he 'titlestring' :he 'statusline' "for the format for titlestring + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How +to maximize vim on entry (win32)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=88">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=88</A><BR> + +Maybe it's just because I have far too small of a monitor, because I can +get distracted while coding if I have other stuff on the screen, or because I +starting using vim on a console, but I definitely like my vim window maximized. +Anyway, sticking the following in your vimrc will always maximize your vim +window on startup. + +au GUIEnter * simalt ~x + +:he win16-maximized + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Get more +screen real estate by hidding toolbar and/or menus</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=89">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=89</A><BR> + +I use gvim over console vim because gvim is much more readable (under Windows). +However, that doesn't mean I want to dedicate screen space to things I'll +never use (i.e. the toolbar and the menus). + +Anyway, you can give the following a try if you'd like. + +set guioptions-=T "get rid of toolbar set guioptions-=m "get rid of menu + +Oh, yeah. If you decide that you don't really like being without your the +toolbar or menus, issue the following: + +set guioptions+=T "bring back toolbar set guioptions+=m "bring back menu + +see also: :he 'guioptions + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Encryption</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=90">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=90</A><BR> + +You can encrypt your texts by using vim. :X prompts for an encryption key. +After writing your key, if you save your document it will be encrypted +and no one else (but you and vim) can read your documents. If you reopen +the file, VIM will ask for the key. If you want to disable encryption, +just type :set key= if you forget your key you will lose your document. +So please DO NOT forget your key, + + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Dictionary completions</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=91">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=91</A><BR> + +This tip will will explain how to use the dictionary completion facilities +provided by vim. This can be useful if you use vim to type your email, +edit code, etc. + +Dictionary completion is one of many search facilites provided by Insert mode +completion. It allows the user to get a list of keywords, based off of the +current word at the cursor. This is useful if you are typing a long word +(e.g. acknowledgeable) and don't want to finish typing or don't remember +the spelling. + +To start, we must first tell vim where our dictionary is located. This is done +via the 'dictionary' option. Below is an example. Your location may vary. +See :help 'dictionary' for hints as to where you should look. + + :set dictionary-=/usr/share/dict/words + dictionary+=/usr/share/dict/words + +Now, to use this list we have to enter insert mode completion. This is done +by hitting CTRL-X while in insert mode. Next, you have to specify what you +want to complete. For dictionaries use CTRL-K. Once in this mode the keys +CTRL-N and CTRL-P will cycle through the matches. So, to complete the word +"acknowledgeable" I would do the following in insert mode: + + acknow<CTRL-X><CTRL-K><CTRL-N> + +It can be cumbersome to type CTRL-X CTRL-K for many different completions. +So, vim gives us a shortcut. While in insert mode CTRL-N and CTRL-P +will cycle through a predetermined set of completion sources. By default, +dictionary completion is not a part of this set. This set is defined by the +'complete' option. Therefore, we must add dictionary to this as shown below: + + :set complete-=k complete+=k + +Now, while in insert mode we can type the following to complete our example: + + acknow<CTRL-N><CTRL-N> + +This shortcut may not save a whole lot of typing. However, I find that it +requires less hand movement to only worry myself with two key combinations, +rather than 4. + +I find that the completion facilites provided by vim save me a *HUGE* amount +of typing. These savings can be realized in only a short amount of time if +you are editing some code with functions and variables that have long names +with underscores in them. + +For more help: + help ins-completion help compl-dictionary help 'complete' help + 'dictionary' help :set+= + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Reducing 'doc' directory size</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=92">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=92</A><BR> + +As everyone knows, the $VIMRUNTIME/doc is increasing rapidly in size. The +directory contained so many plain-text documents that I often compress +them to save my diskspace. With the support of VIM's GZIP plugin, +VIM will automatically uncompress the files when we need to read them. +Here is my procedure: 1. If you have the source, go to 'runtime/doc' +and edit 'doctags.c', change printf("%s\t%s\t/*", p1, argv[0]); to +printf("%s\t%s.gz\t/*", p1, argv[0]); + then make. This is to modify the tag, or you'll have to change the + 'tags' file by hand if you don't have doctags.c. +2. Edit the new generated 'tags' file to rename 'help.txt.gz' back to +'help.txt' because it's hard-written in VIM executable binary. + :% s/help\.txt\.gz/help\.txt/g +3. Copy the new 'tags' to $VIMRNUTIME/doc and run 'gzip *.txt; gunzip help.txt' + +On VIM 6.0an, we can reduce the original size (3302k) to 1326k. I don't +know if this helps, but if someone likes to compress documents... this can +be reffered :) + + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>if you use +'highlight search' feature, map a key to :noh</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=93">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=93</A><BR> + +It is very convenient to use 'hlsearch' option. However it can be annoying +to have the highlight stick longer than you want it. In order to run it +off you have to type at least 4 keystrokes, ":noh". So, it's a good idea +to map this to a key. I like to map it to control-n. This is the line I +use in my .vimrc file to do it: + +nmap <silent> <C-N> :silent noh<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Questions +& Answers about using tags with Vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=94">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=94</A><BR> + +Using tags file with Vim ------------------------ This document gives you +a idea about the various facilities available in Vim for using a tags file +to browse through program source files. You can read the Vim online help, +which explains in detail the tags support, using :help tagsearch.txt. You can +also use the help keywords mentioned in this document to read more about a +particular command or option. To read more about a particular command or +option use, :help <helpkeyword> in Vim. + +1. How do I create a tags file? + + You can create a tags file either using the ctags utility or using a + custom script or utility. + + Help keyword(s): tag + +2. Where can I download the tools to generate the tags file? + + There are several utilities available to generate the tags file. + Depending on the programming language, you can use any one of them. + + 1. Exuberant ctags generates tags for the following programming + language files: + + Assembler, AWK, ASP, BETA, Bourne/Korn/Zsh Shell, C, C++, COBOL, + Eiffel, Fortran, Java, Lisp, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, REXX, + Ruby, S-Lang, Scheme, Tcl, and Vim. + + You can download exuberant ctags from <A + HREF="http://ctags.sourceforge.net/">http://ctags.sourceforge.net/</A><BR> + + 2. On Unix, you can use the /usr/bin/ctags utility. This utility + is present in most of the Unix installations. + + 3. You can use jtags for generating tags file for java programs. + You can download jtags from: <A + HREF="http://www.fleiner.com/jtags/">http://www.fleiner.com/jtags/</A><BR> + + 4. You can use ptags for generating tags file for perl programs. + You can download ptags from: <A + HREF="http://www.eleves.ens.fr:8080/home/nthiery/Tags/">http://www.eleves.ens.fr:8080/home/nthiery/Tags/</A><BR> + + 5. You can download scripts from the following links for + generating tags file for verilog files: + + <A + HREF="http://www.probo.com/vtags.htm">http://www.probo.com/vtags.htm</A><BR> + <A + HREF="http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh/Perl/veri-tags">http://www.cs.albany.edu/~mosh/Perl/veri-tags</A><BR> + <A + HREF="http://www.verilog.net/vrtags.txt">http://www.verilog.net/vrtags.txt</A><BR> + + 6. You can download Hdrtag from the following linke: + + <A + HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#Tags">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#Tags</A><BR> + + This utility generates tags file for the following programming languages: + assembly, c/c++, header files, lex, yacc,LaTeX, vim, and Maple V. + + 7. You can also use the following scripts which are part of the Vim + runtime files: + + pltags.pl - Create tags file for perl code tcltags - Create tags + file for TCL code shtags.pl - Create tags file for shell script + + Help keyword(s): ctags + +3. How do I generate a tags file using ctags? + + You can generate a tags file for all the C files in the current directory + using the following command: + + $ ctags *.c + + You can generate tags file for all the files in the current directory + and all the sub-directories using (this applies only to exuberant ctags): + + $ ctags -R . + + You can generate tags file for all the files listed in a text file named + flist using (this applies only to exuberant ctags) + + $ ctags -L flist + +4. How do I configure Vim to locate a tags file? + + You can set the 'tags' option in Vim to specify a particular tags file. + + set tags=/my/dir/tags + + Help keyword(s): 'tags', tags-option + +5. How do I configure Vim to use multiple tags files? + + The 'tags' option can specify more than one tags file. The tag filenames + are separated using either comma or spaces. + + set tags=/my/dir1/tags, /my/dir2/tags + +6. How do I configure Vim to locate a tags file in a directory tree? + + Note that the following will work only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can set + the 'tags' option to make Vim search for the tags file in a directory tree. + For example, if the 'tags' option is set like this: + + set tags=tags;/ + + Vim will search for the file named 'tags', starting with the current + directory and then going to the parent directory and then recursively to + the directory one level above, till it either locates the 'tags' file or + reaches the root '/' directory. + + Help keyword(s): file-searching + +7. How do I jump to a tag? + + There are several ways to jump to a tag location. + 1. You can use the 'tag' ex command. For example, + + :tag <tagname> + + will jump to the tag named <tagname>. + 2. You can position the cursor over a tag name and then press + Ctrl-]. + 3. You can visually select a text and then press Ctrl-] to + jump to the tag matching the selected text. + 4. You can click on the tag name using the left mouse button, + while pressing the <Ctrl> key. + 5. You can press the g key and then click on the tag name + using the left mouse button. + 6. You can use the 'stag' ex command, to open the tag in a new + window. For example, + + :stag func1 + + will open the func1 definition in a new window. + 7. You can position the cursor over a tag name and then press + Ctrl-W ]. This will open the tag location in a new window. + + Help keyword(s): :tag, Ctrl-], v_CTRL_], <C-LeftMouse>, + g<LeftMouse>, :stag, Ctrl-W_] + +8. How do I come back from a tag jump? + + There are several ways to come back to the old location from a tag jump. + 1. You can use the 'pop' ex command. 2. You can press Ctrl-t. + 3. You can click the right mouse button, while pressing the + <Ctrl> key. + 4. You can press the g key and then click the right mouse + button. + + Help keyword(s): :pop, Ctrl-T, <C-RightMouse>, g<RightMouse> + +9. How do I jump again to a previously jumped tag location? + + You can use the 'tag' ex command to jump to a previously jumped tag + location, which is stored in the tag stack. + + Help keyword(s): tag + +10. How do I list the contents of the tag stack? + + Vim remembers the location from which you jumped to a tag in the tag stack. + You can list the current tag stack using the 'tags' ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :tags, tagstack + +11. How do I jump to a particular tag match, if there are multiple + matching tags? + + In some situations, there can be more than one match for a tag. + For example, a C function or definition may be present in more than one + file in a source tree. There are several ways to jump to a specific + tag from a list of matching tags. + + 1. You can use the 'tselect' ex command to list all the tag + matches. For example, + + :tselect func1 + + will list all the locations where func1 is defined. You can then + enter the number of a tag match to jump to that location. + 2. You can position the cursor over the tag name and press g] + to get a list of matching tags. + 3. You can visually select a text and press g] to get a list + of matching tags. + 4. You can use the 'stselect' ex command. This will open the + selected tag from the tag list in a new window. + 5. You can position the cursor over the tag name and press + Ctrl-W g] to do a :stselect. + + Help keyword(s): tag-matchlist, :tselect, g], v_g], :stselect, + Ctrl-W_g] + +12. I want to jump to a tag, if there is only one matching tag, + otherwise a list of matching tags should be displayed. How do I do this? + + There are several ways to make Vim to jump to a tag directly, if there + is only one tag match, otherwise present a list of tag matches. + + 1. You can use the 'tjump' ex command. For example, + + :tjump func1 + + will jump to the definition func1, if it is defined only once. + If func1 is defined multiple times, a list of matching tags will + be presented. + 2. You can position the cursor over the tag and press g + Ctrl-]. + 3. You can visually select a text and press g Ctrl-] to jump + or list the matching tags. + 4. You can use the 'stjump' ex command. This will open the + matching or selected tag from the tag list in a new window. + 5. You can press Ctrl-W g Ctrl-] to do a :stjump. + + Help keyword(s): :tjump, g_Ctrl-], v_g_CTRL-], :stjump, + Ctrl-W_g_Ctrl-] + +13. How do browse through a list of multiple tag matches? + + If there are multiple tag matches, you can browse through all of them + using several of the Vim ex commands. + + 1. To go to the first tag in the list, use the 'tfirst' or + 'trewind' ex command. + 2. To go to the last tag in the list, use the 'tlast' ex command. + 3. To go to the next matching tag in the list, use the 'tnext' ex + command. + 4. To go to the previous matching tag in the list, use the + 'tprevious' or 'tNext' ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :tfirst, :trewind, :tlast, :tnext, :tprevious, + :tNext + +14. How do I preview a tag? + + You can use the preview window to preview a tag, without leaving the + original window. There are several ways to preview a tag: + + 1. You can use the 'ptag' ex command to open a tag in the + preview window. + 2. You can position the cursor on a tag name and press Ctrl-W + } to open the tag in the preview window. + 3. You can use the 'ptselect' ex command to do the equivalent + of the 'tselect' ex command in the preview window. + 4. You can use the 'ptjump' ex command to do the equivalent of + the 'tjump' ex command in the preview window. + 5. You can position the cursor on the tag and press Ctrl-W g} + to do a :ptjump on the tag. + + Help keyword(s): :preview-window, :ptag, Ctrl-W_}, :ptselect, + :ptjump, Ctrl-W_g} + +15. How do I browse through the tag list in a preview window? + + If there are multiple tag matches, you can browse through all of them + in the preview window using several of the Vim ex commands. + + 1. To go to the first tag in the list, use the 'ptfirst' or + 'ptrewind' ex command. + 2. To go to the last tag in the list, use the 'ptlast' ex command. + 3. To go to the next matching tag in the list, use the 'ptnext' ex + command. + 4. To go to the previous matching tag in the list, use the + 'ptprevious' or 'ptNext' ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :ptfirst, :ptrewind, :ptlast, :ptnext, + :ptprevious, :ptNext + +16. How do I start Vim to start editing a file at a given tag match? + + While starting Vim, you can use the command line option '-t' to supply + a tag name. Vim will directly jump to the supplied tag location. + + Help keyword(s): -t + +17. How do I list all the tags matching a search pattern? + + There are several ways to go through a list of all tags matching a pattern. + + 1. You can list all the tags matching a particular regular + expression pattern by prepending the tag name with the '/' + search character. For example, + + :tag /<pattern> :stag /<pattern> :ptag + /<pattern> :tselect /<pattern> :tjump + /<pattern> :ptselect /<pattern> :ptjump + /<pattern> + + 2. If you have the 'wildmenu' option set, then you can press + the <Tab> key to display a list of all the matching tags + in the status bar. You can use the arrow keys to move between + the tags and then use the <Enter> key to select a tag. + + 3. If you don't have the 'wildmenu' option set, you can still + use the <Tab> key to browse through the list of matching + tags. + + Help keyword(s): tag-regexp, wildmenu + +18. What options are available to control how Vim handles the tags + file? + + You can use the following options to control the handling of tags file + by Vim: + + 1. 'tagrelative' - Controls how the file names in the tags file + are treated. When on, the filenames are relative to + the directory where the tags file is present. + + 2. 'taglength' - Controls the number of significant characters + used for recognizing a tag. + + 3. 'tagbsearch' - Controls the method used to search the tags file + for a tag. If this option is on, binary search is + used to search the tags file. Otherwise, linear search + is used. + + 4. 'tagstack' - Controls how the tag stack is used. + + Help keyword(s): 'tagrelative', 'taglength', 'tagbsearch', + 'tagstack' + +19. Is it possible to highlight all the tags in the current file? + + Yes. Read the Vim online help on "tag-highlight". + +20. Is it possible to create a menu with all the tags in the current + file? + + Yes. It is possible to create a menu with all the tags in the current + file using a Vim script. Download the TagsMenu.vim script from the + following link: + + <A + HREF="http://members.home.net/jayglanville/tagsmenu/TagsMenu.html">http://members.home.net/jayglanville/tagsmenu/TagsMenu.html</A><BR> + +21. Is there a workaround to make the Ctrl-] key not to be treated as + the telnet escape character? + + The default escape characters for telnet in Unix systems is Ctrl-]. + While using Vim in a telnet session, if you use Ctrl-] to jump to a tag, + you will get the telnet prompt. There are two ways to avoid this problem: + + 1. Map the telnet escape character to some other character using + the "-e <escape character>" telnet command line option + + 2. Disable the telnet escape character using the "-E" telnet + command line option. + + Help keyword(s): telnet-CTRL-] + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How do I pipe +the output from ex commands into the text buffer?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=95">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=95</A><BR> + +This is a *request* for a tip. I need to be able to pipe the output of a +:blah ex command into the vim text buffer for editing. I wanted to do this +many times for different reasons and could never find a way! + +I would just love to be able to do :hi --> textBuffer and examine the output +at my own leasure scrolling up and down and using vim search commands on it. +Same thing for :set all, and other things. Considering that cut and paste +is horrible in windows, I can't for example do :set guioptions? then cut +and paste! So I have to retype it, or cut and paste from the help manual. +I really want to be able to pipe the output of ex commands into the text +buffer. Can someone help me? + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Cooperation +of Gvim and AutoCad [MTEXT]</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=96">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=96</A><BR> + +You can - like me :o) - use gvim, like replacement of internal AutoCad +MTEXT editor. You need switch variable MTEXTED to "gvim" (or maybe fullpath, +something like "c:\vim\vim60aq\gvim" ), and to your _vimrc you can put line: + +autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.tmp source c:\vim\aacad.vim + +And when you edit MTEXT in acad, menu AutoCad will be for your use in gvim +(only in INSERT and VISUAL mode) + +[NOTE: Only I can't start gvim like gvim -y (for any other person, not so +accustomed vith gvim) or start gvim from gvim.lnk or gvim.bat (I'am using +windows95) and automatic skip to INSERT mode -latest word star, on end of +script- is without functionality(?) Maybe someone advise me?? ] + +Well, script aacad.vim is listed here: + +"VIM menu for AutoCad's MTEXT editation "brz; +mailto:brz@centrum.cz; 8. 8. 2001 " Version Mk.I +"-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +imenu &AutoCad.Insert.Space \~ vmenu &AutoCad.Insert.Space +<Esc>`<i\~<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Insert.Backslash \\ +vmenu &AutoCad.Insert.Backslash <Esc>`<i\\<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Insert.Brackets \{\}<Esc>F\i vmenu &AutoCad.Insert.Brackets +<Esc>`>a\}<Esc>`<i\{<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Insert.Paragraph \P vmenu &AutoCad.Insert.Paragraph +<Esc>`>a\P<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.-SEP1- : + +imenu &AutoCad.Colour.Red \C1; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Red +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C1;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Colour.Yellow \C2; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Yellow +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C2;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Colour.Green \C3; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Green +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C3;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Colour.Cyan \C4; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Cyan +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C4;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Colour.Blue \C5; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Blue +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C5;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Colour.Violet \C6; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Violet +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C6;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Colour.Black \C7; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.Black +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C7;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Colour.D_Grey \C8; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.D_Grey +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C8;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Colour.L_Grey \C9; vmenu &AutoCad.Colour.L_Grey +<Esc>`>a\C7;<Esc>`<i\C9;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Font.Arial \fArial; vmenu &AutoCad.Font.Arial +<Esc>`<i\fArial;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Font.Symbol \Fsymbol; +vmenu &AutoCad.Font.Symbol <Esc>`<i\Fsymbol;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanC \Fromanc; imenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanC +<Esc>`<i\Fromanc;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanS \Fromans; +vmenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanS <Esc>`<i\Fromans;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanD \Fromand; vmenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanD +<Esc>`<i\Fromand;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanT \Fromant; +vmenu &AutoCad.Font.RomanT <Esc>`<i\Fromant;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Size.0_5x \H0.5x; vmenu &AutoCad.Size.0_5x +<Esc>`<i\H0.5x;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Size.1_5x \H1.5x; vmenu +&AutoCad.Size.1_5x <Esc>`<i\H1.5x;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Size.2x +\H2x; vmenu &AutoCad.Size.2x <Esc>`<i\H2x;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Size.3x \H3x; vmenu &AutoCad.Size.3x +<Esc>`<i\H3x;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Set_Out_1_5 \T1.5; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Set_Out_1_5 +<Esc>`>a\T1;<Esc>`<i\T1.5;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Set_Out_2 \T2; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Set_Out_2 +<Esc>`>a\T1;<Esc>`<i\T2;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.-SEP3- : imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_15deg \Q15; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_15deg +<Esc>`>a\Q0;<Esc>`<i\Q10;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_20deg \Q20; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_20deg +<Esc>`>a\Q0;<Esc>`<i\Q20;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_30deg \Q30; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Tilt_30deg +<Esc>`>a\Q0;<Esc>`<i\Q30;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.-SEP4- : imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Change_Width_0_5x +\W0.5; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Change_Width_0_5x +<Esc>`>a\W1;<Esc>`<i\W0.5;<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Change_Width_2x \W2; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Change_Width_2x +<Esc>`>a\W1;<Esc>`<i\W2;<Esc>% + +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.-SEP5- : imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Down \A0; +vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Down <Esc>`<i\A0;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Middle \A1; vmenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Middle <Esc>`<i\A1;<Esc>% +imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Up \A2; vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Justify_Up +<Esc>`<i\A2;<Esc>% imenu &AutoCad.Effects.Overlined_Characters +\O\o<Esc>F\i vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Overlined_Characters +<Esc>`>a\O<Esc>`<i\o<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Underlined_Characters \L\l<Esc>F\i +vmenu &AutoCad.Effects.Underlined_Characters +<Esc>`>a\l<Esc>`<i\L<Esc>% imenu +&AutoCad.Effects.Index_Top \S^; + +imenu &AutoCad.-SEP6- : imenu &AutoCad.Help <CR><CR>***Quit +Editor: press Alt-F4 and 'No' ***<CR><CR> + +star + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How +do I add a current time string inside Vim?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=97">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=97</A><BR> + +This is a *request* for a tip. Sometimes (eg. editing HTML pages) I need +to add a timestamp string to my editing buffer. On UNIX systems, I can use + :r!date +to get a localized date time string; but on Windows ('date' on Windows will +query the user to input new date) or other platforms which does not have +'date' command, how do I get a timestamp easily? + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Getting +vim help from mailing lists and newsgroups.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=98">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=98</A><BR> + +There have been a few "requests for tips" entered into the tips database +lately. If you have specific questions that aren't answered by the existing +tips, there are a couple of resources that may be more appropriate: + +The mailing list vim@vim.org is for vim users. If you send an email +to vim-help@vim.org, you'll get a message back telling you how +to subscribe, as well as how to request old messages and contact +the list maintainer. This mailing list is also archived at <A +HREF="http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim.">http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim.</A><BR> + +The newsgroup comp.editors discusses many different editors, but most of +the traffic is about vim. When posting, it is appreciated if you include +"vim" in the subject line. The comp.editors newsgroup is archived at <A +HREF="http://groups.google.com/groups?hl=en&safe=off&group=comp.editors.">http://groups.google.com/groups?hl=en&safe=off&group=comp.editors.</A><BR> + +Using the tips database for asking questions is not likely to work well. +For example, if you ask a question titled "Searching for strings in a file" +and I read this site and see that tip, I'm not going to read it if I already +know how to search for strings in a file. In comp.editors and vim@vim.org, +people expect to find questions from others and are therefore more likely +to see your questions. + +After finding the answer to your question, please consider whether it would +make an appropriate tip, and if so, add it to the tips database. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How to +tell what syntax highlighting group *that* is!</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=99">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=99</A><BR> + +Here's a (what should be a one-line) map to help you tell just what syntax +highlighting groups the item under the cursor actually is: + +map <F10> :echo "hi<" +. synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name") . '> trans<' +. synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),0),"name") . "> lo<" +. synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."),col("."),1)),"name") . ">"<CR> + +Once known you can override the current highlighting with whatever you want. +If you're debugging a syntax highlighting file (a rare occupation), sometimes +you'll wish to know the entire chain of syntax highlighting. For that, +check out + +<A +HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/hilinks.vim">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/hilinks.vim</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Jump to +tag (e.g. help topic) with German keyboard (PC)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=100">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=100</A><BR> + +You're a newbie in vim and need some ":help"? Well, help.txt reads: + +"Jump to a subject: Position the cursor on a tag between |bars| and hit +CTRL-]." + +Unfortunately there is no "]" key on German keyboards. On Win32 try CTRL-+ +(Strg-+), on Linux console I use CTRL-AltGr-9 (Strg-AltGr-9). + +Kind regards + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Change automatically +to the directory the file in the current buffer is in</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=101">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=101</A><BR> + +To change automatically to the directory the file in the current buffer is +in add a line (below) to the file .vimrc . The file .vimrc should have +the following if-statement to control the autocmd feature: + + if has("autocmd") + + < ... lot of autocmd stuff ... > + + " Change to the directory the file in your current buffer is in autocmd + BufEnter * :cd %:p:h + + endif " has("autocmd") + +Add the line above the endif and restart vim/gvim. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>smart +mapping for tab completion</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=102">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=102</A><BR> + +I'm used to complete words with <tab>, however when editing source +I can't just map that to vim keyword completion because I sometime need to +insert real tabs, since it mostly happen when at the beginning of the line or +after a ; and before a one line comma (java, c++ or perl anyone...) I've come +to find the following really usefull This is how you can map the <tab> +key in insert mode while still being able to use it when at the start of +a line or when the preceding char is not a keyword character. in a script +file in a plugin directory or in your .vimrc file: first define a function +which returns a <tab> or a <C-N> depending on the context: + +function InsertTabWrapper() + let col = col('.') - 1 if !col || getline('.')[col - 1] !~ '\k' + return "\<tab>" + else + return "\<c-p>" + endif +endfunction + +then define the appropriate mapping: inoremap <tab> +<c-r>=InsertTabWrapper()<cr> + +the trick here is the use of the <c-r>= in insert mode to be able to +call your function without leaving insert mode. :help i_CTRL-R Benoit + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Move +to next/previous line with same indentation</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=103">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=103</A><BR> + +When working with Python and other languages which don't use braces, it's +useful to be able to jump to and from lines which have the same indentation +as the line you are currently on. + +nn <M-,> k:call search ("^". matchstr (getline (line (".")+ 1), +'\(\s*\)') ."\\S", 'b')<CR>^ nn <M-.> :call search ("^". matchstr +(getline (line (".")), '\(\s*\)') ."\\S")<CR>^ + +will map Alt-< and Alt-> in Normal mode to upward and downward searching +for lines with the same indent as the current line. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>using +vim to complement Perl's DBI::Shell</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=104">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=104</A><BR> + +DBI::Shell is a Perl module that is used as a shell interface to Perl's +popular DBI (database interface) package. Forget your favorite SQL navigation +gui and give this method a shot. This has only been tested in UNIX. + +1. run dbish (runs DBI::Shell; installed with DBI::Shell) and connect to any +database 2. in dbish, set /format box 3. enter your query 4. to execute query, +type "/ | vim -" + +This runs the query and pipes the output to the standard input of vim. Here +are some follow-up tips: -use gvim instead of vim so a new window will pop +up -set nowrap once in vim -make a syntax highlighting file for me! + +-Adam Monsen + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>combining move and scroll</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=105">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=105</A><BR> + +I sometimes found myself moving down a few lines with j, then scrolling +down about the same number of lines with <C-E> to put the cursor in +roughly the same place as it started. I decided I wanted to map <C-J> +(and <C-K>, respectively) to the move-and-scroll operation. First, I did + + :map <C-J> <C-E>j + +This was pretty good, but behaved funny at the beginning and end of files. +Then, I realized that <C-D> already combined move and scroll, so I +figured that giving <C-D> a count of 1 would do it: + + :map <C-J> 1<C-D> + +Unfortunately, this permanently attaches a count to <C-D> (ugh!), +so I have to undo that: + + :map <C-J> 1<C-D>:set scroll=0<CR> + +This has the drawback of not necessarily resetting scroll to its original +value, but since I never change scroll, it's good enough for me. It would be +nice if there were a version of <C-D> that did not have the side-affect +of changing scroll. + +Happy vimming, Andrew + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Supersimple one-line solution</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=106">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=106</A><BR> + +Hallo, next solution for _most_simple_ signature rotater: You can +only put one line to your .vimrc || _vimrc: map <Leader>ms :e +c:\sign.txt<CR>ggV/--<CR>k"*xG$a<C-R><C-O>*<Esc>:w<CR>:bd<CR>G$a<C-M><Esc>"*P + +Must exist file (from eg above) c:\sign.txt, with content: -- first signature +-- second signature -- third signature -- + +When You finished mail, only call shortcut \ms and 'first signature' will +be insert in your mail. In c:\sign.txt will be first signature pushed +to the end of this file. When You want use other signature, only press +'u' and \ms again (Or You can change \ms to e.g. <F12>, indeed. ) +You can change this and append one part like 'basic' from command and +append 'changing' part from .signature file, as you like... Ok, one +unpleasant thing is here: your signature must not contain '--' (signature +separator)... Anyhow, I find it useful brz* <brz@centrum.cz> <A +HREF="http://brz.d2.cz/">http://brz.d2.cz/</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>convert enum to string table</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=107">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=107</A><BR> + +When testing your own C/C++ programs you sometimes wish to have a trace output, +which shows you, which enum value is used. You can do this by creating +a string table for that enum type, which contains the enum identifyer as +a string. e.g. printf ("%s", MyEnumStringTable [ MyEnumVal] ); + +You can create the complete string table by - marking the lines containing +the complete typedef enum - select menu C/C++.transform enum2Stringtab + +You can create string table entries by - marking the lines within the typedef +enum - select menu C/C++.transform enum2String + +This makes it easy to keep the enum (on changes) consistent to the string +table. + +Add the following lines to your _GVIMRC file: 31amenu C/C++.transform\ +enum2Stringtab :s#[ ]*\\(\\w\\+\\)#/* \\1 */ +"\\1"#<CR>o};<ESC>uOstatic const char* const Names[] = +{<ESC><CR>/sdfsdf<CR> 31vmenu C/C++.transform\ enum2Stringtab +:s#[ ]*\\(\\w\\+\\)#/* \\1 */ "\\1"#<CR>o};<ESC>uOstatic +const char* const Names[] = {<ESC><CR>/sdfsdf<CR> + +31amenu C/C++.transform\ enum2String :s#[ ]*\\(\\w\\+\\)#/* +\\1 */ "\\1"#<CR>o}<ESC>/sdfsdf<CR> 31vmenu +C/C++.transform\ enum2String :s#[ ]*\\(\\w\\+\\)#/* \\1 */ +"\\1"#<CR>o}<ESC>/sdfsdf<CR> + +hint: '/sdfsdf' is added for deactivating search highlighting, ok, you'll +sure find a better way to do this. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Toggle +a fold with a single keystroke</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=108">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=108</A><BR> + +When viewing/editing a folded file, it is often needed to inspect/close +some fold. To speed up these operation use the following (put in your +$HOME/.vimrc): + +" Toggle fold state between closed and opened. " " If there is no fold at +current line, just moves forward. " If it is present, reverse it's state. +fun! ToggleFold() + if foldlevel('.') == 0 + normal! l + else + if foldclosed('.') < 0 + . foldclose + else + . foldopen + endif + endif " Clear status line echo +endfun + +" Map this function to Space key. noremap <space> :call +ToggleFold()<CR> + +See :help folding for more information about folding. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>jump between files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=109">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=109</A><BR> + +Often I know I'm likely to edit many files. I run 'vim *.pl' and get a whole +bunch of open files. + +To make jumping between files to a pleasure, I defined to mapss: + +map <f1> :previous<cr> map <f2> :next<cr> + +Press F1 to go back and F2 to go forward. + +-- Kirill + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>text->html table converter.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=110">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=110</A><BR> + +Below are two functions and a mapping which will convert lines of plain +text into HTML table code. For example, you have several lines like: +----------------------------------------------- 1 2 3 + +4 5 6 --------------------------------------------------- by visualizing +all the 7 lines and press <F5>, you can change the text into +<table><tr> + <td>1</td> <td>2</td> <td>3</td> +</tr><tr> + <td>4</td> <td>5</td> <td>6</td> +</tr></table> which will eventually render into a table. So the +rule is: Every line is a table item, every empty line means starting of a +new table row. + +"A text->html table code converter "By: Wenzhi Liang wzhliang@yahoo.com +"You can distribute/change this file freely as long as you keep the title +area. Thanks + +func Table() + let end=line("'>") let start=line("'<") let i=start + + wh i <= end + exe ":" . i let e=Empty() if e == 1 + exe "normal I</tr><tr>" + else + exe "normal I<td>A</td>>>" + endif let i=i+1 + endwh + + exe "normal o</tr></table><<" exe ":" . start exe + "normal O<table><tr><<" +endfunc + +vmap <F5> <ESC>:call Table()<CR> + +func Empty() + let line_nr= line (".") let a=getline ( line_nr ) let m=match(a, + "\\S") if m == -1 + return 1 + else + return 0 + endif +endfunc + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Printing with +syntax highlighting independent of your normal highlighting</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=111">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=111</A><BR> + +I have found it undesirable to use :hardcopy directly because it uses the +current syntax highlighting to determine how to print the text. For example, +I like to print comments in italics, but I don't like italic fonts on the +screen. This tip will show you how to set up a colorscheme for printing and +use it only when you print. + +I copied an existing colorscheme to ~/.vim/colors/print.vim, and changed +all the lines like this: + + highlight Normal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=White guifg=White guibg=grey20 +to this: + highlight clear Normal + +Then I set the syntax groups how I wanted them to be printed on the printer: + + highlight Comment term=italic cterm=italic gui=italic highlight + Constant term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold etc.... + +I then defined the following command in my .vimrc file: + +command! -nargs=* Hardcopy call DoMyPrint("<args>") + +And, finally, I defined this function in my .vimrc: + +function DoMyPrint(args) + let colorsave=g:colors_name color print exec "hardcopy ".a:args exec + 'color '.colorsave +endfunction + +After this is complete, you can do: + :Hardcopy > /tmp/out.ps +or just + :Hardcopy +(Note the capital H) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Back +and forth between indented lines again</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=112">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=112</A><BR> + +Paul Wright posted a tip which explained how to jump back and forth between +lines with the same indentation level. I do this a lot, so I came up with +this slightly more comprehensive solution. + +The example mappings below work as follows: + +[l and ]l jump to the previous or the next line with the same indentation +level as the one you're currently on. + +[L and ]L jump to the previous or the next line with an indentation level +lower than the line you're currently on. + +These movements also work in visual mode and (only as of one of the 6.0 alpha +versions) in operator pending mode, meaning that you can do a d]l. The motion +is specified as being exclusive when in operator pending mode. + +When might you use this? If you're writing programs in Python, Haskell, +or editing XML files, they will be very useful. E.g. in XML you can jump to +the outer enclosing tag, or the next matching tag. I use it for practically +anything I edit, so it's not limited to this. + +" " NextIndent() " " Jump to the next or previous line that has the same level +or a lower " level of indentation than the current line. " " exclusive (bool): +true: Motion is exclusive " false: Motion is inclusive " +fwd (bool): true: Go to next line " false: Go to +previous line " lowerlevel (bool): true: Go to line with lower indentation +level " false: Go to line with the same indentation level +" skipblanks (bool): true: Skip blank lines " false: +Don't skip blank lines + +function! NextIndent(exclusive, fwd, lowerlevel, skipblanks) + let line = line('.') let column = col('.') let lastline = line('$') + let indent = indent(line) let stepvalue = a:fwd ? 1 : -1 + + while (line > 0 && line <= lastline) + let line = line + stepvalue if ( ! a:lowerlevel && + indent(line) == indent || + \ a:lowerlevel && indent(line) < indent) + if (! a:skipblanks || strlen(getline(line)) > 0) + if (a:exclusive) + let line = line - stepvalue + endif exe line exe "normal " column . "|" + return + endif + endif + endwhile +endfunc + +" Moving back and forth between lines of same or lower indentation. +nnoremap <silent> [l :call NextIndent(0, 0, 0, 1)<cr> +nnoremap <silent> ]l :call NextIndent(0, 1, 0, 1)<cr> +nnoremap <silent> [L :call NextIndent(0, 0, 1, 1)<cr> +nnoremap <silent> ]L :call NextIndent(0, 1, 1, 1)<cr> vnoremap +<silent> [l <esc>:call NextIndent(0, 0, 0, 1)<cr>m'gv'' +vnoremap <silent> ]l <esc>:call NextIndent(0, 1, 0, +1)<cr>m'gv'' vnoremap <silent> [L <esc>:call NextIndent(0, 0, +1, 1)<cr>m'gv'' vnoremap <silent> ]L <esc>:call NextIndent(0, +1, 1, 1)<cr>m'gv'' onoremap <silent> [l :call NextIndent(0, 0, 0, +1)<cr> onoremap <silent> ]l :call NextIndent(0, 1, 0, 1)<cr> +onoremap <silent> [L :call NextIndent(1, 0, 1, 1)<cr> onoremap +<silent> ]L :call NextIndent(1, 1, 1, 1)<cr> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Translator +in vim (Windows solution)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=113">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=113</A><BR> + +Hallo, today I found script "translate.vim", but on Windows this will be +probably difficult to run it (maybe with Cygwin is it possible). I've simpler +solution of keymap for vim interlacing to dictionary: Must exist file with +vocabulary (e.g. "an-cs.txt"), which is called for word under cursor. In +'normal' is only displayed window with translations, in 'insert' is word +under cursor deleted and is insert selected form of word from translantion +window (select it by mouse and than press right button: It works fine on +W2k). Key _F12_ is looking for "word", shifted _S-F12_ is looking for +"pattern". For windows is needed agrep, which is localy placed on <A +HREF="http://www.tgries.de/agrep/index.html">http://www.tgries.de/agrep/index.html</A><BR> + +map <F12> b"*yw<Esc>:! c:/bin/agrep -wih +<C-R>* "c:/dict/an-cs.txt"<CR> imap <F12> +<Esc>b"*yw<Esc>:! c:/bin/agrep -wih <C-R>* +"c:/dict/an-cs.txt"<CR>dwi <C-R>* map <S-F12> +b"*yw<Esc>:! c:/bin/agrep -ih <C-R>* "c:/dict/an-cs.txt"<CR> +imap <S-F12> <Esc>b"*yw<Esc>:! c:/bin/agrep -ih <C-R>* +"c:/dict/an-cs.txt"<CR>dwi <C-R>* + +brz* <brz@centrum.cz> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Browsing by paragraph</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=114">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=114</A><BR> + +It can be done by reaching the blank lines in up and down directions just +by pressing + +{ ---- For going to the blank line above the paragraph } ---- For +going to the blank line below the paragraph + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Browsing by paragraph</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=115">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=115</A><BR> + +It can be done by reaching the blank lines in up and down directions just +by pressing + +{ ---- For going to the blank line above the paragraph } ---- For +going to the blank line below the paragraph + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Search all +occurances of the word under cursor in all the open files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=116">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=116</A><BR> + +Sometimes it is useful to know all the occurances of the word under cursor in +all the open files. This can be done by pressing [I ( bracket and capital I ) +. it shows the results found in the command window. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>FAST +SEARCH ACROSS THE PROJECT</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=117">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=117</A><BR> + +Searching for a word across the project wastes most of the +developres time, which can be avoided by the use of GNU Id_utils +with VIM. The procedure needs to be followed is as follows: +download GNU idutils 3.2d (mkid,lid,fid,fnid,xtokid) from <A +HREF="http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/builds.html">http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/builds.html</A><BR> + +uncompress and store these files in the directory from where vim is running. + +goto the top level directory of the project, and run mkid, it will create ID +file in that directory (As it is time consuming process, so be patient). copy +this file ID to the directory from where vim is running. + +USAGE: + +Put these lines in your .vimrc: + + map _u :call ID_search()<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word + . "\\>"<CR> map _n :n<Bar>execute "/\\<" . g:word + . "\\>"<CR> + + function ID_search() + let g:word = expand("<cword>") let x = system("lid --key=none + ". g:word) let x = substitute(x, "\n", " ", "g") execute "next " . x + endfun + +To use it, place the cursor on a word, type "_u" and vim will load the file +that contains the word. Search for the next ocurance of the word in the +same file with "n". Go to the next file with "_n". + +The mapping of "_u" and "_n" can be done to some other key as per your +preference but I use ^K and ^L for this purpose. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Configuring +gVim as Internet Explorer 'View Source' editor</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=118">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=118</A><BR> + +Within the registry, you can specify the source editor to be used by Internet +Explorer when {View|Source} is selected. Unfortunately, you can't specify a +quoted filename argument here, i.e. "%1". The editor specified is supposed +to handle filenames which contain spaces. This will cause problems for +Vim because Vim treats each space as an argument separator. If an unquoted +filename contains spaces, Vim treats the filename as multiple arguments and +will open multiple files instead of one. To workaround this problem a quoted +filename has to be passed to Vim. This can be done by creating the following +Visual Basic Script file gVim.vbs: + +'--- gVim.vbs ----------------------------------------------------------------- +'function: Start gvim, combining multiple arguments to single file argument. +'changes: 20010905: Quoted 'oWShell.Run' filename argument, allowing spaces. +' 20010518: Created. 'author: Freddy Vulto <fvu@fvu.myweb.nl> + + ' Making variable declaration mandatory +option explicit + +dim oWShell, sArg, sFile + + ' Create script object +set oWShell = CreateObject("wscript.shell") + ' Loop through arguments +for each sArg in wscript.arguments + ' Add argument to filename + sFile = sFile & sArg & " " +next + ' Remove excess space +sFile = Trim(sFile) + ' Run Vim with file argument. Additional arguments: ' -R: View file + readonly ' -c "set syntax=html": Use HTML syntax-highlighting ' NOTE: + Use "-c ""set ft=html""" to make it work for Vim v6. +oWShell.Run _ + """D:\Programs\Vim\Vim58\gvim.exe """ & _ "-R """ & sFile & """ " & _ + "-c ""set syntax=html""" + + ' Destroy script object +set oWShell = NOTHING + +The source editor now can be specified by adding the following key to the +registry: + +HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE |- Software + |- Microsoft + |- Internet Explorer + |- View Source Editor + |- Editor Name (Default) = D:\Programs\Vim\gvim.vbs + +Freddy Vulto <fvu@fvu.myweb.nl> <A +HREF="http://fvu.myweb.nl/Projects/Vim/Web/vim.htm">http://fvu.myweb.nl/Projects/Vim/Web/vim.htm</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Explorer startup and shutdown</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=119">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=119</A><BR> + +I really like the new explorer window, but I wanted it to function a little +more seemlessly in the editor. The following code does two things. First, +the explorer is started when vim is started. I also noticed and fixed +that the explorers size is not equal to the window size, hence the strange +behavior when popping between two windows. The other major function of +the code is to close the explorer when it's the only window that's left. +I'd actually like to take this a step further and close the window if the +last _document_ window is closed. I'd prefer that multiple explorers or help +windows don't keep the application running - only having a file open keeps the +application running. But I didn't see an easy way to do this... anyone else? + +BTW, thank you Bram for the help figuring this out. + +Code (which currently lives in my _vimrc): + +" FILE BROWSER STARTUP func OpenFileWindow() + " :runtime plugin/*.vim " this would be useful if you were + calling this + " function from the .vimrc directly + let g:explDetailedList=1 " show size and date by default let + g:explVertical=1 " Split vertically let g:explStartRight=0 + " Put new explorer window to the left of the current window :Sexplore + set nonu set winwidth=15 " Make the width of the window match + the explorer setting "let g:explVertical=0 " Split vertically + doautocmd fileExplorer BufEnter " Forces the directory refresh to + occur :winc l " change to the document window +endfunc + +func CloseIfLast() + if exists("b:completePath") " this is how I determine that I'm + in an explorer window + let n = winnr() wincmd p if n == winnr() + quit " quit the window + endif wincmd p + endif +endfunc + +if has("autocmd") + if !exists("rudyautocommands") + let rudyautocommands = 1 autocmd VimEnter * call + OpenFileWindow() autocmd WinEnter * call CloseIfLast() + + endif +endif + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Compiling +Java with Sun JDK (javac) within VIM</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=120">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=120</A><BR> + +The $VIMRUNTIME/compiler has 'jikes.vim', but there's nothing for traditional +Sun JDK(javac), so I tried (Only tested on Win 2000): + +" Vim Compiler File javac.vim " Compiler: Sun/IBM JDK: Javac + +if exists("current_compiler") + finish +endif let current_compiler = "javac" + +" Javac defaults to printing output on stderr and no options can convert, +so we have to set 'shellpipe' setlocal shellpipe=2> " 2> works on Win +NT and UNIX setlocal makeprg=javac\ #<.java setlocal errorformat=%f:%l:%m +" Sorry I'm not familiar with 'errorformat', so I set it very simple. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +vim as a syntax-highlighting pager</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=121">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=121</A><BR> + +If you want to use Vim's syntax highlighting in a "more"-style pager, here's +one way to set it up: + +First, create a vimrc like the following -- I called mine ~/.vimrc.more + +---8<---cut here---8<--- " No compatibility -- necessary for mappings +to work. set nocompatible + +" Status line set laststatus=0 set cmdheight=1 set nomodifiable " +Only in version 6.0 set readonly + +" Syntax colouring -- lines taken from syntax.txt discussion on colour xterms. +" See ':help color-xterm'. Use appropriate lines for your own set-up. +if has("terminfo") + set t_Co=16 set t_Sf=[3%p1%dm set t_Sb=[4%p1%dm +else + set t_Co=16 set t_Sf=[3%dm set t_Sb=[4%dm +endif " My xterms have a navy-blue background, so I need this line too. +set background=dark " Turn syntax on syntax on + +" Key bindings. nmap b <C-B><C-G> nmap q :q<CR> " To +type the following line, type *two* C-V's followed by two spaces. This " +is how you map the spacebar. nmap ^V <C-F><C-G> ---8<---cut +here---8<--- + +Then, to use this .vimrc, add an alias. If you're using tcsh, the syntax +will be something like: + +alias vmore "vim -u ~/.vimrc.more" + +Then you can type "vmore [filename]" to view a file in this "pager". Spacebar +will move down, 'b' will move back up, and 'q' quits. You can add mappings +for other keys if you want to, also. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Skip +blank lines when folding text.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=122">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=122</A><BR> + +I love the text folding capabilities of vim. I didn't like that it would +display the first line of the range as the "title" for the fold. I like +to write my comments with the "/*" on a line by itself. So I wrote this +little function that will skip over anything that isn't a character, and +then display whatever it finds after that character. + +Just include this in your ~/.vimrc (or ~/.gvimrc): + +function GetFirstLineWithChars() + let line_num = 0 let charline = matchstr(getline(v:foldstart), + '[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z ]*') while strlen(charline) == 0 + let line_num = line_num + 1 let charline = + matchstr(getline(v:foldstart + line_num), '[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z ]*') + endw return charline +endfunction set +foldtext='+'.v:folddashes.substitute(GetFirstLineWithChars(),'\\\/\\\/\\\|\\*\\\|\\*\\\|{{{\\d\\=','','g') +set fillchars=fold: hi folded guibg=black guifg=yellow gui=bold + +And as an added bonus, for those new to text folding, add this to your .vimrc +file too: + +autocmd BufWinLeave *.* mkview autocmd BufWinEnter *.* silent loadview + +That way whatever folds you set won't get lost when you quit. I had that +happen after spending 15 minutes folding up a 3000+ line file. Happy vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>use +functionality similar to the * search on multiple files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=123">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=123</A><BR> + +The use of star as in vimtip#1 and vimtip#5 is great, here is how to use +this type of search accross a whole directory: Just add the mappings (or +choose different letter combinations): map gr :grep <cword> *<cr> +map gr :grep <cword> %:p:h/*<cr> map gR :grep \b<cword>\b +*<cr> map GR :grep \b<cword>\b %:p:h/*<cr> + +mapping one will search for the word under the cursor (like g*) in any of +the files in the current directory mapping two will search for the word +under the cursor (like g*) in any of the files in the same directory as the +current file mapping three will search for the word under the cursor by itself +(i.e. surrounded by word boundary like *) in any of the files in the current +directory mapping four will search for the word under the cursor by itself +(i.e. surrounded by word boundary like *) in any of the files in the same +directory as the current file + +Benoit + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Number a group of lines</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=124">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=124</A><BR> + +Below is a way to number a set of lines. Here is an exaple before and +after snapshot: + +apple bob pear tree + +1 apple 2 bob 3 pear 4 tree + +" Description: " This provides a command and a function. They both can be +called with or " without a range. In addition, they can be called with or +without " arguments. Without a range they operate on the current line. " " +There are two supported arguments. They are described below: " arg1 -> +the number to start at. The default is one. This will " number +your selected lines sequentially. The start can be a " number, +., $, or, 'x (like getline). " arg2 -> Text to append after numbers. +The default is a space. " " Examples: " To provide your functionality: +" :%Nlist 20 " :%call Nlist(20) " To make a list start at +1: " :'<,'>Nlist " :'<,'>call Nlist() " To +number the whole buffer (with it's actual line number): " :%Nlist " +:%call Nlist() " To number a subset of lines with their line number (and +put a '] ' in " front of every number): " :'<,'>Nlist . ]\ +" :'<,'>call Nlist(".", "] ") + +command! -nargs=* -range Nlist <line1>,<line2>call +Nlist(<f-args>) function! Nlist(...) range + if 2 == a:0 + let start = a:1 let append = a:2 + elseif 1 == a:0 + let start = a:1 let append = " " + else + let start = 1 let append = " " + endif + + " try to work like getline (i.e. allow the user to pass in . $ or 'x) + if 0 == (start + 0) + let start = line(start) + endif + + exe a:firstline . "," . a:lastline + . 's/^/\=line(".")-a:firstline+start.append/' +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Auto commenting for "}"</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=125">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=125</A><BR> + +I always wanted a script that would auto-comment the end of a conditional +block. So, I wrote one. This function searches for the previous matching +"{", grabs the line, and inserts it as a comment after the "}". If there +is no previous matching "{", it inserts nothing. + +So... + + if (test){ + +will generate: + } // if (test) + +This is obviously not work if you use a different style. If you use + + if (test) { + +then substituting 'getline(".")', use 'getline(line(".") - 1)' should work. + +Put the following in your .vimrc: au BufNewFile,BufRead *.c,*.cc,*.C,*.h +imap } <ESC>:call CurlyBracket()<CR>a + +function CurlyBracket() + let l:my_linenum = line(".") iunmap } sil exe "normal i}" imap } + <ESC>:call CurlyBracket()<CR> let l:result1 = searchpair('{', + '', '}', 'bW') if (result1 > 0) + let l:my_string = substitute(getline("."), '^\s*\(.*\){', '\1', "") + sil exe ":" . l:my_linenum sil exe "normal a //" . l:my_string + endif +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>how do +I get rid of that bold stuff with my xterm?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=126">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=126</A><BR> + +Having problems setting up your syntax highlighting because everything is +coming up in bold? + +You're probably using an 8 color xterm and setting up highlighting lines such +as hi Normal ... ctermfg=green . The solution: use numbers! 0=black, 1=red, +2=green, 3=yellow, 4=blue, 5=magenta, 6=cyan, and 7=white. Vim tries to use +"bright" colors when its given names (because Windoz machines prefer to use +dim text unless its been made bold). + +Read more about it under :help highlight-ctermfg . + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Preview HTML files quickly</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=127">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=127</A><BR> + +I've found while writing HTML files that it can become cumbersome when I have +to switch to a web browser, load my page, and move back to VIM regularly to +preview what I've written. I've come up with the following tricks. + +The first one requires that you have lynx (the text-based browser) installed +on your computer (available from <A HREF="http://lynx.isc.org/release/). +If your HTML page is primarily text, with few (if any) images, you can +set up the following function and mapping:">http://lynx.isc.org/release/). +If your HTML page is primarily text, with few (if any) images, you can set +up the following function and mapping:</A><BR> + + function PreviewHTML_TextOnly() + let l:fname = expand("%:p" ) new set buftype=nofile nonumber exe "%!lynx + " . l:fname . " -dump -nolist -underscore -width " . winwidth( 0 ) + endfunction + + map <Leader>pt :call PreviewHTML_TextOnly()<CR> + +This will open a new window and display your formatted HTML document in +that window. Note that bold-face, italics, links, etc. will be lost -- +all you will see is the text -- but the "-underscore" parameter to Lynx +causes any text that would have been bold, italicized, or underlined to be +displayed like _this_. + +The other trick requires that vim be running on your current machine, and that +you be running a GUI of some sort (X-Windows, Windows, etc.). You can cause +vim to invoke your favorite browser and have it display the file, like this: + function PreviewHTML_External() + exe "silent !mozilla -remote \"openurl(file://" . expand( "%:p" ) . ")\"" + endfunction + + map <Leader>pp :call PreviewHTML_External()<CR> +If you don't use mozilla, you will need to modify the function to use your +preferred browser. + +Happy vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>grep, +diff, patch, idutils, etc. for Windows systems</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=128">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=128</A><BR> + + If you use Vim on Windows, and you wish you had some of those nifty + UNIX command-line tools, +but do not feel like installing all of Cygwin, you +can get many of the most-used tools from Ron Aaron's web site: <A +HREF="http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/builds.html">http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/builds.html</A><BR> +Since Ron is a big Vim fan (see <A +HREF="http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/vimrant.html ) you can count +on">http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/vimrant.html ) you can count on</A><BR> +these tools' working well with Vim. For some hints on how to use them, +read :help :grep :help lid inside Vim. + Happy Vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Removing +automatic comment leaders</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=129">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=129</A><BR> + + If you include the "r" flag in the 'formatoptions' option (:help 'fo' + , :help fo-table ) then the comment leader is inserted +automatically when you start a new line in a comment. For example, in TeX +the "%" character is the comment leader, and you might type + +% This is a tex file. % The comment leaders on all lines but the first +were generated automatically. % This is the last line of the comment, +but Vim will insert the comment leader on the next line. % + +You can get rid of the comment leader (along with anything you may already +have typed on the line) without affecting the indent, if any, by typing +"<C-U>" while in Insert mode. + + Related point: if you want to adjust the indent while in Insert mode, + you can use "<C-D>" (to Decrease the indent) +or "<C-T>" (to increase it). In the docs for Vim 6.0, this is described +in the users' manual, :help 30.4 . + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>disabling default ftplugins</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=130">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=130</A><BR> + + For an overview of ftplugins (filetype plugins) see + +:help ftplugins + +If you want to disable all ftplugins, or disable a particular default +ftplugin, see + +:help :filetype :help ftplugin-overrule + +If you have your own ftplugins, and you want to disable all the default +ones, then do NOT include a check for b:did_ftplugin in your ftplugin files, +and add the line + +:autocmd BufEnter * let b:did_ftplugin = 1 + +to your VIMRC file, BEFORE the ":filetype ftplugin on" line. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Scroll alternate window</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=131">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=131</A><BR> + +This mapping allow you to quickly scroll inactive window when displaying +several windows concurrently. + +nmap <silent> <M-Down> :call ScrollOtherWindow("down")<CR> +nmap <silent> <M-Up> :call ScrollOtherWindow("up")<CR> + +fun! ScrollOtherWindow(dir) + if a:dir == "down" + let move = "\<C-E>" + elseif a:dir == "up" + let move = "\<C-Y>" + endif exec "normal \<C-W>p" . move . "\<C-W>p" +endfun + +PS: Original idea and discussion of this tip appeared on vim@vim.org mailing +list, I'm just prettified it a little. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>window zooming convenience</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=132">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=132</A><BR> + +i frequently have multiple windows open in vim -- this reduces the number +of lines each window displays -- i almost always have my windows either all +the same size or the current one as big as possible. + +the following function can be toggled on or off by typing <Leader>max +(i can do this quite quickly); just change the mapping at the bottom to +something else if you prefer. + +this causes the current window to be as big as possible (moving into another +window causes that one to become big) and all the others get very small. +i actually use this ALL the time. turning it off (by typing the hotkey +sequence again) will cause all windows to have the same height. + +"toggles whether or not the current window is automatically zoomed +function! ToggleMaxWins () + if exists ('g:windowMax') + au! maxCurrWin exe "normal \<c-w>=" unlet g:windowMax + else + augroup maxCurrWin " au BufEnter * exe "normal + \<c-w>_\<c-w>\<bar>" " " only max it vertically + au! BufEnter * exe "normal \<c-w>_" augroup END do maxCurrWin + BufEnter let g:windowMax=1 + endif +endfunction map <Leader>max :call ToggleMaxWins ()<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Windo and Bufdo</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=133">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=133</A><BR> + +i like bufdo and windo but i don't like the fact that the commands end in +a different window/buffer than from where i executed them. these versions +(starts with a capital letter) will restore the current window or buffer +when the command's done. + +for example, to turn on line numbers everywhere, i use :Windo set nu -- +:windo set nu does the trick also but leaves me in a different window than +where i started. + +" just like windo but restores the current window when it's done +function! WinDo(command) + let currwin=winnr() execute 'windo ' . a:command execute currwin . 'wincmd w' +endfunction com! -nargs=+ -complete=command Windo call WinDo(<q-args>) + +" just like bufdo but restores the current buffer when it's done +function! BufDo(command) + let currBuff=bufnr("%") execute 'bufdo ' . a:command execute 'buffer ' + . currBuff +endfunction com! -nargs=+ -complete=command Bufdo call BufDo(<q-args>) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>View Source in IE6 using VIM</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=134">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=134</A><BR> + +You can change the "View Source" editor of IE6 by adding the following to +the Windows Registry. Change the path in case you installed VIM in another +location. + +[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\View Source +Editor\Editor Name] @="C:\\vim\\vim60\\gvim.exe" + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Vim buffer FAQ</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=135">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=135</A><BR> + +Vim provides various commands and options to support editing multiple buffers. +This document covers some of the questions asked about using multiple buffers +with Vim. You can get more detailed information about Vim buffer support using +":help windows.txt" in Vim. You can also use the help keywords mentioned in +this document to read more about a particular command or option. To read more +about a particular command or option use, ":help <helpkeyword>" in Vim. + +1. What is a Vim buffer? + A buffer is a file loaded into memory for editing. All opened files + are associated with a buffer. There are also buffers not associated with + any file. + + Help keyword(s): windows-intro + +2. How do I identify a buffer? + Vim buffers are identified using a name and a number. The name of the + buffer is the name of the file associated with that buffer. The buffer + number is a unique sequential number assigned by Vim. This buffer number + will not change in a single Vim session. + + Help keyword(s): :buffers + +3. How do I create a buffer? + When you open a file using any of the Vim commands, a buffer is + automatically created. For example, if you use the ":edit file" command + to edit a file, a new buffer is automatically created. + +4. How do I add a new buffer for a file to the buffer list without opening + the file? You can add a new buffer for a file without opening it, using + the ":badd" ex command. For example, + + :badd f1.txt :badd f2.txt + + The above commands will add two new buffers for the files f1.txt and + f2.txt to the buffer list. + + Help keyword(s): :badd + +5. How do I get a list of all the existing buffers? + You can get a list of all the existing buffers using the ":buffers" or + ":ls" or ":files" ex command. This list is called the 'buffer list'. + + In Vim 6.0, to display all the buffers including unlisted buffers, use the + ":buffers!" or ":ls!" or ":files!" ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :buffers, :ls, :files + +6. How do I delete a buffer? + You can delete a buffer using the ":bdelete" ex command. You can use either + the buffer name or the buffer number to specify a buffer. For example, + + :bdelete f1.txt :bdelete 4 + + The above commands will delete the buffer named "f1.txt" and the fourth + buffer in the buffer list. The ":bdelete" command will remove the buffer + from the buffer list. + + In Vim 6.0, when a buffer is deleted, the buffer becomes an unlisted-buffer + and is no longer included in the buffer list. But the buffer name and other + information associated with the buffer is still remembered. To completely + delete the buffer, use the ":bwipeout" ex command. This command will remove + the buffer completely (i.e. the buffer will not become a unlisted buffer). + + Help keyword(s): :bdelete, :bwipeout + +7. How do I delete multiple buffers? + You can delete multiple buffers in several ways: + + 1. Pass a range argument to the ":bdelete" command. For example, + + :3,5bdelete + + This command will delete the buffers 3, 4 and 5. + 2. Pass multiple buffer names to the ":bdelete" command. For example, + + :bdelete buf1.txt buf2.c buf3.h + + This command will delete buf1.txt, buf2.c and buf3.h buffers. In this + example, after typing ":bdelete buf", you can press <Ctrl-A> + to expand all the buffer names starting with 'buf'. + + Help keyword(s): :bdelete, :bwipeout + +8. How do I remove a buffer from a window? + You can remove a buffer displayed in a window in several ways: + + 1. Close the window or edit another buffer/file in that window. 2. Use + the ":bunload" ex command. This command will remove the buffer + from the window and unload the buffer contents from memory. The buffer + will not be removed from the buffer list. + + Help keyword(s): :bunload + +9. How do I edit an existing buffer from the buffer list? + You can edit or jump to a buffer in the buffer list in several ways: + + 1. Use the ":buffer" ex command passing the name of an existing buffer + or the buffer number. Note that buffer name completion can be used + here by pressing the <Tab> key. + 2. You can enter the buffer number you want to jump/edit and press the + Ctrl-^ key. + 3. Use the ":sbuffer" ex command passing the name of the buffer or the + buffer number. Vim will split open a new window and open the specified + buffer in that window. + 4. You can enter the buffer number you want to jump/edit and press the + Ctrl-W ^ or Ctrl-W Ctrl-^ keys. This will open the specified buffer + in a new window. + + Help keyword(s): :buffer, :sbuffer, CTRL-W_^, CTRL-^ + +10. How do I browse through all the available buffers? + You can browse through the buffers in the buffer list in several ways: + + 1. To jump to the first buffer in the buffer list, use the ":bfirst" or + ":brewind" ex command. + 2. To jump to the first buffer in the buffer list in a new window, use + the ":sbfirst" or ":sbrewind" ex command. + 3. To edit the next buffer in the buffer list, use the ":bnext" ex + command. + 4. To open the next buffer in the buffer list in a new window, use the + ":sbnext" ex command. + 5. To edit the previous buffer in the buffer list, use the ":bprevious" + or ":bNext" ex command. + 6. To open the previous buffer in the buffer list in a new window, use + the ":sbprevious" or ":sbNext" ex command. + 7. To open the last buffer in the buffer list, use the ":blast" ex + command. + 8. To open the last buffer in the buffer list in a new window, use the + ":sblast" ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :bfirst, :brewind, :sbfirst, :sbrewind, :bnext, + :sbnext, :bprevious, :bNext, :sbprevious, :sbNext, + :blast, :sblast + +11. How do I open all the buffers in the buffer list? + You can open all the buffers present in the buffer list using the ":ball" + or ":sball" ex commands. + + Help keyword(s): :ball, :sball + +12. How do I open all the loaded buffers? + You can open all the loaded buffers in the buffer list using the ":unhide" + or ":sunhide" ex commands. Each buffer will be loaded in a separate + new window. + + Help keyword(s): :unhide, :sunhide + +13. How do I open the next modified buffer? + You can open the next or a specific modified buffer using the ":bmodified" + ex command. You can open the next or a specific modified buffer in a + new window using the ":sbmodified" ex command. + + Help keyword(s): :bmodified, :sbmodified + +14. I am using the GUI version of Vim (gvim), is there a simpler way for + using the buffers instead of the ex commands? Yes. In the GUI version of + Vim, you can use the 'Buffers' menu, which simplifies the use of buffers. + All the buffers in the buffer list are listed in this menu. You can + select a buffer name from this menu to edit the buffer. You can also + delete a buffer or browse the buffer list. + + Help keyword(s): buffers-menu + +15. Is there a Vim script that simplifies using buffers with Vim? + Yes. You can use the bufexplorer.vim script to simplify the process of + using buffers. You can download the bufexplorer script from: + + <A + HREF="http://lanzarotta.tripod.com/vim.html">http://lanzarotta.tripod.com/vim.html</A><BR> + +16. Is it possible to save and restore the buffer list across Vim sessions? + Yes. To save and restore the buffer list across Vim session, include the + '%' flag in the 'viminfo' option. Note that if Vim is invoked with a + filename argument, then the buffer list will not be restored from the + last session. To use buffer lists across sessions, invoke Vim without + passing filename arguments. + + Help keyword(s): 'viminfo', viminfo + +17. How do I remove all the entries from the buffer list? + You can remove all the entries in the buffer list by starting Vim with + a file argument. You can also manually remove all the buffers using the + ":bdelete" ex command. + +18. What is a hidden buffer? + A hidden buffer is a buffer with some unsaved modifications and is not + displayed in a window. Hidden buffers are useful, if you want to edit + multiple buffers without saving the modifications made to a buffer while + loading other buffers. + + Help keyword(s): :buffer-!, 'hidden', hidden-buffer, buffer-hidden + +19. How do I load buffers in a window, which currently has a buffer with + unsaved modifications? By setting the option 'hidden', you can load + buffers in a window that currently has a modified buffer. Vim will + remember your modifications to the buffer. When you quit Vim, you will be + asked to save the modified buffers. It is important to note that, if you + have the 'hidden' option set, and you quit Vim forcibly, for example using + ":quit!", then you will lose all your modifications to the hidden buffers. + + Help keyword(s): 'hidden' + +20. Is it possible to unload or delete a buffer when it becomes hidden? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. By setting the 'bufhidden' + option to either 'hide' or 'unload' or 'delete', you can control what + happens to a buffer when it becomes hidden. When 'bufhidden' is set to + 'delete', the buffer is deleted when it becomes hidden. When 'bufhidden' + is set to 'unload', the buffer is unloaded when it becomes hidden. + When 'bufhidden' is set to 'hide', the buffer is hidden. + + Help keyword(s): 'bufhidden' + +21. How do I execute a command on all the buffers in the buffer list? + In Vim 6.0, you can use the ":bufdo" ex command to execute an ex command + on all the buffers in the buffer list. + + Help keyword(s): :bufdo + +22. When I open an existing buffer from the buffer list, if the buffer is + already displayed in one of the existing windows, I want Vim to jump to + that window instead of creating a new window for this buffer. How do I + do this? When opening a buffer using one of the split open buffer commands + (:sbuffer, :sbnext), Vim will open the specified buffer in a new window. + If the buffer is already opened in one of the existing windows, then + you will have two windows containing the same buffer. You can change + this behavior by setting the 'switchbuf' option to 'useopen'. With this + setting, if a buffer is already opened in one of the windows, Vim will + jump to that window, instead of creating a new window. + + Help keyword(s): 'switchbuf' + +23. What information is stored as part of a buffer? + Every buffer in the buffer list contains information about the last + cursor position, marks, jump list, etc. + +24. What is the difference between deleting a buffer and unloading a + buffer? When a buffer is unloaded, it is not removed from the buffer list. + Only the file contents associated with the buffer are removed from memory. + When a buffer is deleted, it is unloaded and removed from the buffer list. + In Vim 6, a deleted buffer becomes an 'unlisted' buffer. + + Help keyword(s): :bunload, :bdelete, :bwipeout, unlisted-buffer + +25. Is it possible to configure Vim, by setting some option, to re-use the + number of a deleted buffer for a new buffer? No. Vim will not re-use the + buffer number of a deleted buffer for a new buffer. Vim will always assign + the next sequential number for a new buffer. The buffer number assignment + is implemented this way, so that you can always jump to a buffer using the + same buffer number. One method to achieve buffer number reordering is to + restart Vim. If you restart Vim, it will re-assign numbers sequentially + to all the buffers in the buffer list (assuming you have properly set + 'viminfo' to save and restore the buffer list across vim sessions). + + Help keyword(s): :buffers + +26. What options do I need to set for a scratch (temporary) buffer? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can set the the + following options to create a scratch (temporary) buffer: + + :set buftype=nofile :set bufhidden=hide :setlocal noswapfile + + This will create a buffer which is not associated with a file, which + does not have a associated swap file and will be hidden when removed + from a window. + + Help keyword(s): special-buffers, 'buftype' + +27. How do I prevent a buffer from being added to the buffer list? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can prevent a buffer + from being added to the buffer list by resetting the 'buflisted' option. + + :set nobuflisted + + Help keyword(s): 'buflisted' + +28. How do I determine whether a buffer is modified or not? + There are several ways to find out whether a buffer is modified or not. + The simplest way is to look at the status line or the title bar. If the + displayed string contains a '+' character, then the buffer is modified. + Another way is to check whether the 'modified' option is set or not. + If 'modified' is set, then the buffer is modified. To check the value + of modified, use + + :set modified? + + You can also explicitly set the 'modified' option to mark the buffer as + modified like this: + + :set modified + + Help keyword(s): 'modified' + +29. How can I prevent modifications to a buffer? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can prevent any + modification to a buffer by re-setting the 'modifiable' option. To reset + this option, use + + :set nomodifiable + + To again allow modifications to the buffer, use: + + :set modifiable + + Help keyword(s): 'modifiable' + +30. How do I set options specific to the current buffer? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can set Vim options + which are specific to a buffer using the "setlocal" command. For example, + + :setlocal textwidth=70 + + This will set the 'textwidth' option to 70 only for the current buffer. + All other buffers will have the default or the previous 'textwidth' value. + + Help keyword(s): 'setlocal', local-options + +31. How do I define mappings specific to the current buffer? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can define mappings + specific to the current buffer by using the keyword "<buffer>" + in the map command. For example, + + :map <buffer> ,w /[.,;]<CR> + + Help keyword(s): :map-local + +32. How do I define abbreviations specific to the current buffer? + The following works only in Vim 6.0 and above. You can define + abbreviations specific to the current buffer by using the keyword + "<buffer>" in the :abbreviate command. For example, + + :abb <buffer> FF for (i = 0; i < ; ++i) + + Help keyword(s): :abbreviate-local + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Remapping +Alt, Ctrl and Caps in Win2k</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=136">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=136</A><BR> + +Since I installed Win2K on my laptop, I had been unable to locate a utilitie +that would simply enable me to remap my Crtl Alt and Caps the way I think they +should be and the way they were until MS kill all competition in computing, +that is Crtl on the left of the letter A, Alt to the left bottom of the +letter Z and Caps approximately until the C. + +After some research, I came across a tip posted here by juano@mindspring.com. I +tried to make sense of it and then downloaded the MS scan keys map at the +URL he mentionned. + +Extrapolating his tip, I wrote this ASCI file that I named keys2000.reg : + +Regedit4 [HKey_Local_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Keyboard +Layout] "Scancode +Map"=hex:00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,04,00,00,00,3A,00,38,00,38,00,1D,00,1D,00,3A,00,00,00,00 + +Once you have saved this file, left click on it from Explorer and answer +yes to the prompt "do you want to enter this into the registry". + +Reboot and you are done. + +A few explanations :04 stands for 3 remappings (Caps lock to Control, Control +to Alt and Alt to Caps Lock) plus the closing one which is always required +(1 remapping would require 02, 2 would require 03, and so on). 3A,00,38 +remaps Caps to Left Alt, 38,00,1D remaps Left Alt to Left Ctrl and 1D,00,3A +remaps Left Ctrl to Caps Lock since 3A=Caps, 1D=Left Ctrl and 38=Left Alt. + +Based on Juano tip and on this one, I believe a lot of remapping can be done +as long as you keep the separators 00 and remember to add one to the number +of remappings. What I do not know is how far you can extend this instruction +without getting into trouble with the registry. At worst, if you keyboard does +not behave as expected, go into the registry and delete this instruction (be +careful here since it is easy to confuse this instruction with the Keyboard +LayoutS (S for emphasis) which must not be deleted. + +Again, thanks to Juano@mindspring.com who got me going and suggested I +post my tip. Took me some time to retrieve the VIM Url but fortunately, +I had printed his tip. + +Regards + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>automatically wrap left and right</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=137">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=137</A><BR> + +I hate it when I hit left (or h) and my screen flickers. I want it to go up +to the next line. Ditto fir right (or l). Below are two functions / mappings +to help with that. I'm pretty sure that if you remove the <silent>, +then it will work in 5.x... + +nnoremap <silent> <Left> :call WrapLeft()<cr> nnoremap +<silent> <Right> :call WrapRight()<cr> + +nnoremap <silent> h :call WrapLeft()<cr> nnoremap +<silent> l :call WrapRight()<cr> + +function! WrapLeft() + let col = col(".") + + if 1 == col + " don't wrap if we're on the first line if 1 == line(".") + return + endif normal! k$ + else + normal! h + endif +endfunction + +function! WrapRight() + let col = col(".") if 1 != col("$") + let col = col + 1 + endif + + if col("$") == col + " don't wrap if we're on the last line if line("$") == line(".") + return + endif normal! j1| + else + normal! l + endif +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Getting name of the function</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=138">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=138</A><BR> + +Hi All, + +While browsing code one always needs to know which function you are currently +looking. Getting the name is very painful when the functions are lengthy +and you are currently browsing NOT near to the start of the function. You +can get the function's name by using this simple mapping. + +Just place this in your .vimrc. + +map _F ma[[k"xyy`a:echo @x<CR> + +now _F will display which function you are currently in. + +Enjoy the power of Vim -Nitin Raut + +PS: The working is as follows, mark the current line with a, jump to the +previous '{' in the first column, go one line up, yank the line in register +x, return to the mark a, echo the value of register x, which is the wanted +function name. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>=, +LaTeX tables, declarations, etc</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=139">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=139</A><BR> + +Check out + +<A +HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/textab.html">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/textab.html</A><BR> + +and see some examples of text alignment (its hopeless to do it here with +proportional fonts). You'll be able to download textab source, a Windows-based +textab executable, and a scriptfile containing a convenient interface +(ttalign.vim). The textab program coupled with <ttalign.vim> lets you: + +1. align C language statements on their = += -= /= etc symbols 2. align C +language declararations: separate columns for types, *[, variable + names, initializations (=), and comments (// or /* .. */) +3. align C/C++ language comments (//, /* .. */) 4. align C/C++ language +(ansi) function argument lists 5. align LaTeX tables on their && separators +6. align HTML tables with </TD><TD> separators 7. align on +several characters: < ? : | @ ; (or modify them to handle whatever + alignment characters you want) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>tip +using embedded perl interpreter</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=140">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=140</A><BR> + +When writing scripts using the embedded interpreter available if vim has the ++perl ore +perl/dyn on gives you access to this powerfull and FAST scripting +language (especially fast compared to vim scripts) there are some gotchas. + +First: never embed complex perl command in the body of a vim function this +will be recompiled and evaled each time for a tremendous loss of time.instead +to it like this + +perl << EOF sub mySub { + #some usefull perl stuff +} EOF + +function! MyFunction perl mySub "an argument", "another" endfunction + +to pass computed argument to your perl sub use the vim exec command +function! MyFunction exec "perl mySub " . aLocalVar . ", " b:aBufferLocalVar +endfunction + +It may be very hard to debug your perl sub since the output of the perl +compiler is somehow lost in the middle of nowhere and the debugger is not +available. When a compilation error occurs in your sub definition you'll get +an error message when you try to call it saying that the sub does not exists. +One thing which I have found very usefull is to write a fake VIM module with +stub methods which will allow you to use the command line perl interpretor +to at least compile your program. You could make your stub smart enough to +fake a vim and use the debugger. Here is a sample for such a fake module +defining just those method which I was using. + +package VIM; use diagnostics; use strict; sub VIM::Eval { + $_ = shift; + + print "Eval $_\n"; + + { + return + '^(?!!)([^\t]*)\t[^\t]*\t(.*);"\t([^\t]*)\tline:(\d*).*$' + if (/g:TagsBase_pattern/); return $ARGV[0] if + (/b:fileName/); return '$3' if (/g:TagsBase_typePar/); + return '$1' if (/g:TagsBase_namePar/); return '$4' if + (/g:TagsBase_linePar/); return 'Ta&gs' if (/s:menu_name/); + return $ARGV[1] if (/g:TagsBase_groupByType/); + die "unknown eval $_"; + } +} sub VIM::Msg { + my $msg = shift; print "MSG $msg\n"; +} sub VIM::DoCommand { + my $package; my $filename; my $line; + ($package, $filename, $line) = caller; + + my $command = shift; print "at $filename $line\n"; print "DoCommand + $command\n"; +} 1; + +Then you can copy other your perl code in a separate file and add a use VIM; +at the top and your set to debug. + +Good Vimming good perling. Benoit PS: this tips are probably true for other +scripting languages + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Add +your function heading with a keystroke</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=141">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=141</A><BR> + +Below is a tip that the C/C++ Newbies may find interesting and handy to use. +The following code will add a function heading and position your cursor just +after Description so that one can document as one proceeds with code. + +function FileHeading() + let s:line=line(".") call + setline(s:line,"/***************************************************") + call append(s:line,"* Description - ") call append(s:line+1,"* + Author - Mohit Kalra") call append(s:line+2,"* Date + - ".strftime("%b %d %Y")) call append(s:line+3,"* + *************************************************/") unlet s:line +endfunction + +imap <F4> <esc>mz:execute FileHeading()<RET>`zjA + +Where <esc> stands for ^V+ESC and <RET> for ^V+ENTER + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Automatic +function end commenting for C++ and Java</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=142">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=142</A><BR> + +Some people have a habit of adding the function name as a comment to the +end of that function, if it is long, so that he/she knows which function the +'}' ends. Here's a way to automate the process. + +Use the following abbreviation: iab }// } // END: +<esc>10h%$?\w\+\s*(<cr>"xy/\s*(<cr>/{<cr>:nohl<cr>%$"xpa + +If you now end the function with '}//', the follwoing string will be +automatically generated: '} //END: functionname' + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Use +of Vim folds for javadocs</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=143">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=143</A><BR> + +Hi, + +The fold-method marker can be effectively use to set the folds in your +Java source. Define some marker and place it inside HTML comments <!-- +xx -->. This way, it does not affect the Javadocs generated without the +necessity of a seprate comment line. e.g. + +/** + * <!-- zz.FOLDSTART class AbcClass --> * The class description. + * ... */ +public class AbcClass { + + /** + * <!-- method zz.FOLDSTART someMethod() --> * Method description. + */ + public void someMethod(); + + ... + +} /* zz.END: AbcClass */ + +/* Put this at the end of your file */ /* vim:fdm=marker +fmr=zz.FOLDSTART,zz.END fdl=2 fdc=2: */ + +Now, the files will be opened with the methods neatly folded. You can use +"zR" to open all folds (or click on the "+" at the left column). + +Sameer. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>recording +keystrokes by "q" for repested jobs</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=144">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=144</A><BR> + +The most useful feature that I find in VIM is the "recording" feature (:help +recording). I have used this to automatically insert function headers, +re-indent lines, and convert some 34 source files into HTML. + +This feature is most useful when you want to do some repeated jobs, which +you cant do easily using ".". You can set about writing a function, define +a mapping, etc, but then these things might take time. By recording, you +can try out and find the actual keystrokes that does the job. + +To start recording, press "q" in normal mode followed by any of "0-9a-z". +This will start recording the keystrokes to the register you choose. You can +also see the word "recording" in the status(?) line. You can start the key +sequences that you want to record. You can go to insert mode and type if +you want. + +To stop recording, press "q" in the normal mode. + +To playback your keystrokes, press "@" followed by the character you choose. +Pressing "@@" will repeat the same again. + +Sameer. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Changing +DOS style end of line to UNIX, or vise-versa</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=145">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=145</A><BR> + +Those of us doomed to work in both the Unix and Windows world have many times +encountered files that were create/editted on systems other that the one +we are on at the time of our edits. We can easily correct the dreaded '^M' +at the end of our Unix lines, or make files have more than one line in DOS by: + +To change from <CR><LF> (DOS) to just <LF> (Unix): :set +fileformat=unix :w + +Or to change back the other way: :set fileformat=dos :w + +It also works for Apple land: :set fileformat=mac :w + +And to tell the difference: set statusline=%<%f%h%m%r%=%{&ff}\ %l,%c%V\ %P + ^^^^^ This shows what the + current file's format is. + +Happy Vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>opening +multiple files from a single command-line</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=146">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=146</A><BR> + +i use the :split command a lot -- both to open a second window containing +the currently edited file and to edit a new file altogether (with the :split +<filename> option). however, i also like to be able to edit more than +one file and calling :sp multiple times is inconvenient. so, i created the +following command, function and abbreviation: + +function! Sp(...) + if(a:0 == 0) + sp + else + let i = a:0 while(i > 0) + execute 'let file = a:' . i execute 'sp ' . file + + let i = i - 1 + endwhile + endif +endfunction com! -nargs=* -complete=file Sp call Sp(<f-args>) cab sp Sp + +this retains the behaviour of :sp in that i can still type :sp (the +abbreviation takes care of that). :Sp takes any number of files and opens +them all up, one after the other. + +the things i have noticed are that this causes 'sp' to be expanded to 'Sp' +everywhere, even in search patterns. also, prepending 'vert' doesn't work. +if there is interest, i'll do that. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>How to write a plugin</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=147">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=147</A><BR> + +This tip gives a skeleton for writing a plugin; Vim's help files have plenty +of details (:he plugin, :he write-plugin, :he plugin-details). + +# +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Exit when your app has already been loaded (or "compatible" mode set) +if exists("loaded_YourAppName") || &cp + finish +endif + +# Public Interface: # AppFunction: is a function you expect your users to +call # PickAMap: some sequence of characters that will run your AppFunction # +Repeat these three lines as needed for multiple functions which will # be used +to provide an interface for the user if !hasmapto('<Plug>AppFunction') + map <unique> <Leader>PickAMap <Plug>AppFunction +endif + +# Global Maps: # map <silent> <unique> +<script> <Plug>AppFunction \ :set lz<CR>:call +<SID>AppFunc<CR>:set nolz<CR> + +# +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +# AppFunction: this function is available vi the <Plug>/<script> +interface above fu! <SID>AppFunction() ..whatever.. + +# your script function can set up maps to internal functions +nmap <silent> <left> :set lz<CR>:silent! call +<SID>AppFunction2<CR>:set nolz<CR> + +# your app can call functions in its own script and not worry about +name # clashes by preceding those function names with <SID> call +<SID>InternalAppFunction(...) + +# or you could call it with call s:InternalAppFunction(...) endf # +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +# InternalAppFunction: this function cannot be called from outside the # +script, and its name won't clash with whatever else the user has loaded +fu! <SID>InternalAppFunction(...) ..whatever.. endf + +# +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +Plugins are intended to be "drop into <.vim/plugin>" and work. +The problem that the <Plug>, <SID>, etc stuff is intended to +resolve: what to do about functions that have the same names in different +plugins, and what to do about maps that use the same sequence of characters? +The first problem is solved with <SID> (a script identifier number) +that vim assigns: program with it and your users will be happier when your +stuff works with all their other stuff. The second problem: what to about +those maps is addressed with <Plug>, <unique>, etc. Basically +the idea is: let the user know that there are clashes and don't overwrite +previously existing maps. Use the user's preferred map-introducer sequence +(I like the backslash, but there are many keyboards which make producing +backslashes unpleasant, and those users usually prefer something else). + +What I like to do is to have a pair of start/stop maps to reduce my impact +on the namespace. When the starting map is used, it kicks off a starting +function that introduces all the maps needed. When the stopping map is +used, it not only removes the maps the starter made but restores any maps +the user had had that would have clashed. I also use the start/stop pair +of functions to set and restore options that cause my scripts difficulties. + +Check out DrawIt.vim's SaveMap() function for a way to save user maps. +Restoring maps with it is easy: + +if b:restoremap != "" + exe b:restoremap unlet b:restoremap +endif + +So you can see it sets up a string variable with all the maps that the user +had that would have clashed with my application. + +One final thing: if your application needs to share information between +its various functions, see if you can use s:varname (a variable that only +your script's functions can access) or b:varname (a variable that anything +associated with the buffer your application is running with can access) +instead of using global variables. + +Good luck and happy Vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Make +great use of those homemade menus</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=148">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=148</A><BR> + +Accidently discovered that using <alt><Menu Hotletter><cr> +(e.g <alt>b<cr> - for the buffer menu) causes the menu to break +out in a seperate window. Selecting the menu with the mouse and then hitting +enter does not seem to do it. + +I will have to learn to add hotletters to my menus now so that the mouse +can take a break. + +I am a total newbie with vim, but constantly amazed.... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Automatically +update your diff upon writing.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=149">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=149</A><BR> + +When trying to reconcile differences between files, and using the new 'diff' +functionality in Vim 6.0 you may want to automatically update the differences +as you are working along. A convienent time is when you write out either of +the files you are diff'ing. This autocmd will take care of doing that for you. + +" If doing a diff. Upon writing changes to file, automatically update the + " differences au BufWritePost * if &diff == + 1 au BufWritePost * :diffupdate au BufWritePost + * endif + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Generating +a column of increasing numbers</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=150">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=150</A><BR> + +You can use the "Visual Incrementing" script from + + <A + HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs</A><BR> + +to convert a block of numbers selected via ctrl-v (visual block) into a +column of increasing integers. Select the column, press :I<CR>, and +the first line's number will be used as a starting value. Subsequent lines's +numbers will be incremented by one. + +If the ctrl-v block is "ragged right", which can happen when "$" is used to +select the right hand side, the block will have spaces appended as needed +to straighten it out. If the strlen of the count exceeds the visual-block +allotment of spaces, then additional spaces will be inserted. + +Example: Put cursor on topmost zero, select column with ctrl-v, then :I + + vector[0]= 1; vector[0]= 1; vector[0]= 1; vector[1]= 1; + vector[0]= 1; --> vector[2]= 1; vector[0]= 1; vector[3]= 1; + vector[0]= 1; vector[4]= 1; + +This script works with both vim 5.7 (:so visincr.vim) or vim 6.0 (source it +as for vim 5.7 or drop it into the .vim/plugin directory). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>an ascii table</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=151">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=151</A><BR> + +There is an ascii table in the vim-help files, but it's hard to find. Thus, +I shall give a pointer to it: + +:help digraph-table + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Dutch, +English, German, Hungarian, and Yiddish</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=152">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=152</A><BR> + +Under <A +HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#vimlinks_scripts">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#vimlinks_scripts</A><BR> +are links to spelling checkers for Dutch, English, German, Hungarian, +and Yiddish, all based on the original engspchk.vim. The spelling checker +provides as-you-type spell checking; with vim6.0 it will avoid checking on +partially typed words. + +Provided are several maps: + + \et : add word under cursor into database for just this file \es : save + word under cursor into database (permanently) \en : move cursor to the + next spelling error \ep : move cursor to the previous spelling error + \ea : look for alternative spellings of word under cursor + +To use \ea you will need agrep: + + agrep source: <A + HREF="ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/agrep-2.04.tar.Z">ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/agrep-2.04.tar.Z</A><BR> + agrep Win exe: <A + HREF="http://www.tgries.de/agrep">http://www.tgries.de/agrep</A><BR> + +To use the spell checkers just source it in: + + ex. so engspchk.vim + +To read more about it see + + <A + HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#Spelling">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#Spelling</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Making +Parenthesis And Brackets Handling Easier</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=153">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=153</A><BR> + +1) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ "Automatic" bracket setting ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 2) +++++++++++++ Further improvement of +parenthesis/bracket expanding +++++++++++++++++ 3) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +"Late" bracketing of text +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 4) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Conclusion ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +++++ + +======================================================================================= + +1) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ "Automatic" bracket setting ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +To automatically insert a closing parenthesis when typing an opening +parenthesis you can insert the following simple mapping to your vimrc: + + :inoremap ( ()<ESC>i + +This ends up with the cursor between the opening and the closing parenthesis +in insert mode. + +You can apply this and the following tips, of course, with the kind of +parenthesis/bracket character you want to, i.e. (, {, [, < ..... and, +pretty useful as well, quotation marks ",',.... (to be continued) + +2) +++++++++++++++ Further improvement of parenthesis/bracket expanding +++++++++++++++++++ + +I you are ready with filling the parenthesis/brackets, you likely want to +"escape" from the brackets again to continue coding. To make this pretty +comfortable, I invented the following kind of mappings, which get out of +the last expanded parenthesis/bracket, regardless of the actual type of it, +and enter append mode again. I mapped this kind of "getaway" with CTRL_j, +you may use your favorite keystroke with it. + + ... + :inoremap ( ()<ESC>:let leavechar=")"<CR>i :inoremap [ + []<ESC>:let leavechar="]"<CR>i + ... + :imap <C-j> <ESC>:exec "normal f" . leavechar<CR>a + +Explanation: The variable "leavechar" contents the actual char which is to +"escape" from. + +3) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ "Late" bracketing of text ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +Occasionally I later want already written text parts to put in parenthesis. + +I use the following macro, which brackets previously visually selected text. +I mapped it with _(. + + :vnoremap _( <ESC>`>a)<ESC>`<i(<ESC> + +Furthermore, a sort of mapping for bracketing a *single word* is conceivable. +Because this is not as general like the kind of visual mode mapping, I use +this kind of "word bracketing" only for surrounding the word right behind +the cursor in insert mode with **. I use the following macro to "emphasize" +the word i just typed, for newsgroup articles. + + :imap _* <Esc>bi*<Esc>ea*<Space> + +4) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Conclusion +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +Since I use these macros, I never caused a syntax error because of missing +brackets, and furthermore I can quickly insert parenthesis and qutotes into +code- and non-code files. + + JH 04.11.2001 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Mappings +to facilitate the creation of text</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=154">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=154</A><BR> + +" " Mappings to facilitate the creation of text " " Author: Suresh Govindachar +sgovindachar@yahoo.com " Date: November 5, 2001 " " While typing text to +create a document, I often end up hitting " <Esc>, issuing some commands +(with or without ":") and getting back " to typing by issuing a command such +as "i", "O", "s" etc. " " I looked into using "set insertmode" to speed +up such actions, but " found that too confusing. " " I have come up with +a set of mappings that have speeded up my process " of creating documents. +I have saved these mappings in a file, named " FullScreenVI.vim, in vim's +plugin directory. " " Perhaps you will find these mappings helpful too. +" " Please send me feedback. " + +"To allow overriding the Alt key set winaltkeys=no "To enable viewing messages +from commands issued using the mappings presented here set cmdheight=2 + +"The fundamental mapping that makes full-screen editing possible imap +<A-o> <C-o> imap <A-;> <C-o>: + +"Basic motions imap <A-h> <Left> imap <A-j> <Down> +imap <A-k> <Up> imap <A-l> <Right> imap <A-f> +<PageDown> imap <A-b> <PageUp> imap <A-^> +<Home> imap <A-$> <End> + +"Numbers for repeats imap <A-1> <C-o>1 imap <A-2> +<C-o>2 imap <A-3> <C-o>3 imap <A-4> <C-o>4 +imap <A-5> <C-o>5 imap <A-6> <C-o>6 imap <A-7> +<C-o>7 imap <A-8> <C-o>8 imap <A-9> <C-o>9 + +"Basic searches imap <A-/> <C-o>/ imap <A-*> <C-o>* +imap <A-#> <C-o># imap <A-n> <C-o>n imap <A-N> +<C-o>N + +"Deleting imap <A-x> <C-o>x imap <A-d> <C-o>d imap +<A-D> <C-o>D + +"Yanking and putting imap <A-y> <C-o>y imap <A-Y> +<C-o>Y imap <A-p> <C-o>p imap <A-P> <C-o>P + +"Common prefixes: marking, matching etc. imap <A-~> <C-o>~ +imap <A-m> <C-o>m imap <A-`> <C-o>` imap <A-"> +<C-o>" imap <A-%> <C-o>% imap <A-h> <C-o>:h +imap <A-s> <C-o>:s + +"Interacting with the 'outside' imap <A-!> <C-o>:! imap +<A-w> <C-o>:w<CR> imap <A-e> <C-o>:e + +"Other commands imap <A-u> <C-o>u imap <A-.> <C-o>. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Decompile +Java .class files automatically</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=155">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=155</A><BR> + +Here's a plugin to automatically decompile Java .class files as they're +read in. Tweak the javap flags for what you want to see. I didn't post +this as a script because it's too simple and it's really more useful for +demonstrating how to read decompilable files (or other binary files that +can be converted to text). + +function s:ReadClass(dir, classname) + execute "cd " . a:dir execute "0read !javap -c " . a:classname 1 setlocal + readonly setlocal nomodified +endfunction + +autocmd BufReadCmd *.class + \ call <SID>ReadClass(expand("<afile>:p:h"), + expand("<afile>:t:r")) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>describe +<table name> from vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=156">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=156</A><BR> + +i had some trouble with the sqlplus scripts (probably my fault). but it +seemed a little heavy for what i need, usually all i want is a listing of +the columns for a given table while i'm whipping on some sql inside vim. + +so i wrote a bash script (describe)... + +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~begin describe script #!/usr/bin/bash + +f=aTempFile.sql u=<uName> p=<pWord> d=<dBase> + +echo "/* describe for $1" echo "describe $1;" > $f; echo "quit;" +>> $f; + +sqlplus -S $u/$p@$d @$f rm -f $f; echo " end describe for $1 */" +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~end describe script + +your path needs to include the script (as well as sqlplus), then from vim +you can just type.... + +:r !describe <tableName> + +and you get a listing of the table columns slammed into wherever your cursor +was, complete with java/c comments + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Incredible new functionality</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=157">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=157</A><BR> + +if you get away from vim and get any other editor that was built *after* +1970.... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +Computer Modern TT as gvim font (Win32)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=158">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=158</A><BR> + +If you really like the Computer Modern typewriter font (as seen in most TeX +distributions) you can use it as the font in gvim! (looks excellent with +font smoothing turned on) + +First, get hold of the free Blue Sky Type 1 PS versions of the CM fonts from +your local CTAN mirror. Unpack to a suitable directory. + +Next locate the cmtt8.pfb file and open it (in Vim, naturally ;) - find the +line saying dup 32 /visiblespace put + +and change it to dup 32 /space put + +that is, inserting enough spaces to keep the file size exactly the same +(IMPORTANT!) + +Save the file in Mac format (:set fileformat=mac). + +Now install the cmtt.pfm file - in Win9x/NT4, you'll need Adobe Type Manager +(free download), but in Win2k, you can just drop the .pfm file into the +Fonts folder. + +Now in your _gvimrc: set guifont=CMTT8:h11:cSYMBOL + +(use whatever height you like instead of h11) + +..and enjoy! It's the first scalable font I can bear to edit code in... %-) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Keystroke +Saving Substituting and Searching</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=159">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=159</A><BR> + +1) ++++++++++++++ Saving Keystrokes for common Searching +and Substituting +++++++++++ --- a) Searching b) Substituting +--------------------------------------------------- 2) ++++ Searching for +resp. Substituting of the current word under the cursor ++++++ --- a) Searching +b) Substituting --------------------------------------------------- +3) ++ Searching and Substituting for an arbitrary visually +selected part of text ++++ --- a) Searching b) Substituting +--------------------------------------------------- +4) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Conclusion ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +===================================================================================== + +1) ++++++++++++++ Saving Keystrokes for common Substituting and Searching ++++++++++++ + +a) Searching ............ Sorry, there is not much that can be saved for +common Searching. It's just hitting /mypattern<RETURN> + +b) Substituting ......... I think, common substitution requires pretty many +keystrokes. So I use the following macro with my favorite substitution options: + +:map <F4> :%s//gc<Left><Left><Left> + +This ends up with the cursor after the first '/' in the +commandline. To complete it, you only have to enter -> +myoldpattern/mynewpattern<RETURN> + +Remark: I mapped it to <F4> (cause of tribute to the <F4> of +the good old Norton Commander editor). You may map it where you want to. + +2) ++++ Searching for resp. Substituting of the current word under the +cursor ++++++ + +a) Searching ............ If you don't know how to look for the next +occurence of the word under the cursor, you should *now* type :help * or +:help star or refer to the tips vimtip #1 or vimtip #5 ((Tip within tip: +To make your pattern more visible, look for :help hls)) + +b) Substituting ......... The following macro extends the one above with +automatically inserting the current word under the cursor into the from - +pattern of the :s command. + +:map <S-F4> +:%s/<C-r><C-w>//gc<Left><Left><Left> + +To complete it, just enter -> mynewpattern<RETURN> + +I use this i.e. for reliable and quickly renaming a variable in the entire +buffer. I mapped it to Shift-<F4>. You may map it to the keystroke +you want. + +Explanation: CTRL-v+CTRL-w expands to the word under the cursor. + +3) ++ Searching and Substituting for an arbitrary visually selected part of +text ++++ + +If you want to look or substitute (for) an *arbritary* pattern (which +already exists at least once in your text), the following 2 mappings do it +for you. The advantage is that you dont have to type again or cut & paste +the appropriate text but only have to visually select it. + +a) Searching ........... + +:vmap / y:execute "/".escape(@",'[]/\.*')<CR> + +This immediately finds to the next occurence of the previously visually +selected text. + +b) Substituting ......... + +:vmap <F4> y:execute +"%s/".escape(@",'[]/\')."//gc"<Left><Left><Left><Left> + +Again, as in the mapping in chapter 2), you just have to complete it by +entering -> mynewpattern<RETURN> + +Explanation/Discussion: What both Substituting and Searching in this way +generally does is: - *y*anking the selected text - Inserting the visually +selected via adressing the '"' register with '@"' as a + parameter of the escape() function going finally into the 'myoldpattern' + part. The trickery problem is, if you have characters in your myoldpattern, + which are regular expression chars, they are recognized and threated + accordingly. That is most likely not what you wanted. To escape them, these + chars have to be declared by the second parameter of the excape() function, + which then escapes them with a backslash. The few characters above work + for me. If you run into problems, you should check for additional regexp + chars in your text, and try to escape them by adding them to the escape() + function parameter. + +4) ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Conclusion ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ + +With the appropriate mappings in your vimrc you can save keystrokes when +Searching or Substituting and avoid typing errors. That way, you can take +lunch sooner + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Dutch spelling checker</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=161">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=161</A><BR> + +Download at <A +HREF="http://www.thomer.com/thomer/vi/nlspchk.vim.gz.">http://www.thomer.com/thomer/vi/nlspchk.vim.gz.</A><BR> + +This sciript is based on Charles E. Campbell's English spelling checker script +for ViM (<A HREF="http://users.erols.com/astronaut/vim/) and Piet Tutelaers' +Dutch word list (http://www.ntg.nl/spell-nl-v5b/) using Thomas Köhler's +script (http://jeanluc-picard.de/vim/gerspchk/create). In other words, I +didn't do much.">http://users.erols.com/astronaut/vim/) and Piet Tutelaers' +Dutch word list (http://www.ntg.nl/spell-nl-v5b/) using Thomas Köhler's +script (http://jeanluc-picard.de/vim/gerspchk/create). In other words, +I didn't do much.</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>write +plugin with explorer like interfaces</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=162">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=162</A><BR> + +Several plugins use a text base interface based on a special buffer, this +is the case of the standard explorer plugin, several bufexplorer plugins, +the option buffer and others... Here is a quick guide in how to do this + +Writing a special buf script + | using a special buffer is a common technic when writing + Vim scripts, it is used by | explorer, bufexplorer, + DirDiff... | I'm currently writing one for TagsBase.vim | <A + HREF="http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=100 + ">http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=100 </A><BR> + | and I'll use this document to take notes on how to do it. | + +Setting up the buffer + Opening the window TODO + + Using a setup function + Principle + | we can use a specific function to open and setup + the special buffer. s:SetupBuf() + Setup Function advantage + | since the command will be defined in the main + script you | can use script local functions + Using a special filetype + Principle + | we can also use a new filetype and distribute a + syntax and an ftplugin for this | filetype, the only + thing needed in this case is to set the | filetype + after creating the buffer + Filetype advantage + | better separations of different parts of your + script. If | the main function of your plugin is + not to have this | special buffer then it is nice + to avoid clutering it. + Things which needs to be done to setup the buffer + The buffer should not be listed and does not correspond to + a file + * setlocal buftype=nofile - options always local + to buffer * set nobuflisted * set bufhidden=delete * + set nomodifiable + Setup the syntax for this buffer + | see :help syntax | This is usually done in two + steps, first describe the | syntax groups using :syn + commands then setup the | hilighting using :hi def + link commands. Usually it is | best to link the + newly defined groups to predefine ones in | order + to make the coloring work fine with colorschemes. + | You'll find the list of predefined group by doing: + | :help group-name + Setup the special mappings + | since we have chosen to use the set nomodifiable + option | our buffer will never be in insert mode. All + our mapping | are in Normal, Visual or operator + pending, they should | therefore use the map, nmap, + vmap and omap mapping command | plus the associated + 'nore' version. I usually find it | better to use the + 'nore' version to avoid surprises due to | mapping + in the user configuration. | | We also want our + mappings to be local to the special | buffer so all + the commands will use the <buffer> modifier. + | | Finally we want our mappings not to polute the + status bar | so we use the <silent> modifier | + | Putting all this together we end up with mapping + commands | which look like: | noremap <buffer> + <silent> {lhs} {rhs} + Setup the special command + | we will then setup special commands for this buffer. + Like | for the mapping there are some precautions to + take: | we don't want an error message if the command + is defined | twice so we use the command! variant. | + We want a command local to our buffer wo we use the | + -buffer attribute. The rests of the command attributes + | and options depend on the actual command. | So + our commands look like: | command! -buffer {attr} + {cmd} {rep} | where attr is optional. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Toggle Search Highlighting</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=163">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=163</A><BR> + +" Map H to toggle search highlighting map H :let &hlsearch = +!&hlsearch<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Make +non-ASCII characters displayed on console</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=164">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=164</A><BR> + +I had a problem with VIM on the FreeBSD console: it didn't display characters +like German umlauts correctly, but escaped them with a tilde. The solution +is to teach VIM about printable characters. I use the following on my .vimrc: + +set isprint=@,128-255 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Deleting +a buffer without closing the window</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=165">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=165</A><BR> + +I'm not sure if this functionality is already within Vim, but I sometimes I +find it useful to keep a split window from closing when deleting a buffer. +This has already been discussed on the vim@vim.org mailing list. However, +I feel this solution is a little easier to use. + +" Put this into .vimrc or make it a plugin. " Mapping :Bclose to some +keystroke would probably be more useful. " I like the way buflisted() +behaves, but some may like the behavior " of other buffer testing functions. + +command! Bclose call <SID>BufcloseCloseIt() + +function! <SID>BufcloseCloseIt() + let l:currentBufNum = bufnr("%") let l:alternateBufNum = bufnr("#") + + if buflisted(l:alternateBufNum) + buffer # + else + bnext + endif + + if bufnr("%") == l:currentBufNum + new + endif + + if buflisted(l:currentBufNum) + execute("bdelete ".l:currentBufNum) + endif +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Mapping +caps lock to esc in XWindows</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=166">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=166</A><BR> + +(This originally appeared on the vim mailing list as post by Adam Monsen <A +HREF="http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim/message/19856)">http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vim/message/19856)</A><BR> + +If you want to completely swap caps lock and escape, you have to replace +the "Lock" on caps lock. Drop this file in your home dir:<br> +-----------start------------<br> ! Swap caps lock and escape<br> +remove Lock = Caps_Lock<br> keysym Escape = Caps_Lock<br> +keysym Caps_Lock = Escape<br> add Lock = Caps_Lock<br> +------------end-------------<br> and call it ".speedswapper". Then +open a terminal and type<br> $ xmodmap .speedswapper<br> +and you'll be twice as efficient in vim. Who needs caps lock anyway? The +swapping lasts for the duration of the X session, so you can put it in a +.xinitrc or similar startup file. As far as other people using my laptop, +I'd rather they didn't! Using a Dvorak layout might protect me even more... :) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +vim as a man-page viewer under Unix</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=167">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=167</A><BR> + +To use vim as a man-page viewer involves setting an environment variable: + + sh, ksh: export MANPAGER="col -b | view -c 'set ft=man nomod nolist' + -" csh : setenv MANPAGER "col -b | view -c 'set ft=man nomod nolist' -" + +Put one of the above two lines into your <.profile> or <.login> +file as appropriate for your shell. + +The man pages will then be displayed with vim called as "view" and +will use the <man.vim> syntax highlighting. I myself use some +additional highlighting which is enabled by putting the following file into +<.vim/after/syntax/man.vim>. I usually use the <astronaut> +colorscheme (also available from this archive); those who use bright +backgrounds may find the colors selected for manSubSectionStart and +manSubSection something they'll want to change: + + --------------------------------------------------------------------- +" DrChip's additional <man.vim> stuff + +syn match manSectionHeading "^\s\+[0-9]\+\.[0-9.]*\s\+[A-Z].*$" +contains=manSectionNumber syn match manSectionNumber +"^\s\+[0-9]\+\.[0-9]*" contained syn region manDQString +start='[^a-zA-Z"]"[^", )]'lc=1 end='"' contains=manSQString +syn region manSQString start="[ \t]'[^', )]"lc=1 end="'" +syn region manSQString start="^'[^', )]"lc=1 end="'" +syn region manBQString start="[^a-zA-Z`]`[^`, )]"lc=1 end="[`']" +syn region manBQSQString start="``[^),']" end="''" +syn match manBulletZone transparent "^\s\+o\s" contains=manBullet +syn case match syn keyword manBullet contained o syn match manBullet +contained "\[+*]" syn match manSubSectionStart "^\*" skipwhite +nextgroup=manSubSection syn match manSubSection ".*$" contained + +hi link manSectionNumber Number hi link manDQString String hi +link manSQString String hi link manBQString String hi +link manBQSQString String hi link manBullet Special hi +manSubSectionStart term=NONE cterm=NONE gui=NONE ctermfg=black +ctermbg=black guifg=navyblue guibg=navyblue hi manSubSection +term=underline cterm=underline gui=underline ctermfg=green guifg=green set ts=8 + --------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Viewing +the actual XPM data in GVIM</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=168">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=168</A><BR> + +GVIM has an excellent syntax highlighting for XPM images, but sometimes +it's useful to view the actual data. This can be achieved by searching for +everything, type in "/." and all characters will be highlighted and therefore +the old colouring is lost. To regain the normal highlighting you can search +for a non-existent sequence, like "/foo". + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center><Tab> += <C-I> and <Esc> = <C-[></center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=169">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=169</A><BR> + + An FAQ on the vim users' mailing list is whether <Tab> and + <C-I> +can be mapped to different things. The answer is no. As I understand it, +this is a low level issue: <Tab> and <C-I> are different names +for the same ASCII code, and there is no way for vim to tell them apart. +Similarly, <Esc> and <C-[> are the same thing. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Repeating +a sequence of commands without defining a macro</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=170">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=170</A><BR> + +Imagine. + +You have just finished a complicated modification of a file, involving +numerous replace commands :%s/xxx/yyyy/g, and other ex commands. + +Then you realize, you have done it a little bit wrong, and you have to begin +all the operation again, just to change one replace string, or do one more +operation "somewhere 10 commands ago". + +Or you realize, you will have to do the same stuff tomorrow with another file. + +or you realize, you want to perform the same sequence of commands, you have +typed a few days ago + +You should have made it a macro (normal command q), but you haven't. + +Nothing is lost yet. + +You go to the command line (by typing :) and press Ctrl+F. (Ctrl+F in other +modes scrolls the screen) + +You get a temporary window, listing the history of command line. +It is possible to yank appropriate lines here, make a new file called +$VIMRUNTIME/macros/something.vim put those lines here, edit them and save + +see :help cedit + +Then you can call the macro using :source something.vim + +You might want to set variable 'history' to a higher number then default in +your vimrc file like :set history=300 see :help history :help vimrc + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Do +you know the "g/" and "g?" commands?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=171">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=171</A><BR> + +Directly from the Vim Todo list: + +7 For Visual mode: Command to do a search for the string in the marked area. + Only when less than two lines. Use "g/" and "g?". + +In other words, a way to search for visually selected text !! :-) + +"==== vsearch.vim ==== + +" Visual mode search + +vmap g/ :call VsearchPatternSave()<cr>/<c-r>/<cr> vmap +g? :call VsearchPatternSave()<cr>?<c-r>/<cr> + +function! VsearchPatternSave() + let l:temp = @@ normal gvy let @/ = substitute(escape(@@, '/\'), "\n", + "\\\\n", "g") let @@ = l:temp unlet l:temp +endfunction + +"==== END ==== + +Normally, this file should reside in the plugins directory and be +automatically sourced. If not, you must manually source this file using +':source vsearch.vim'. + +In Visual mode, highlight the text for searching. Then you can use the +default visual key mappings + +g/ - search forwards g? - search backwards + +Visual searches behave like normal searches. The 'n' and 'N' commands +work as they should, and the search history correctly records each search. +Multi-line searches behave as they should (this corrects the 'yank-only' +method mentioned in the Vim help files). Block visual searches do not +work yet. Hopefully, someone can figure out a way to do this easily. + +I've only tested this on Win2000 and Redhat Linux 7.1. I'm not really clear +on how the carriage returns are dealt with on other systems. + +Anyway, enjoy! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +Ispell on a highlighted region</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=172">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=172</A><BR> + +Suppose you would like to use Ispell to check a word or region that you've +visually highlighted. The following macro will do the job. Just type +Shift-Insert while in visual mode. + +vnoremap <S-Insert> <C-C>`<v`>s<Space><Esc>mq:e +ispell.tmp<CR>i<C-R>"<Esc>:w<CR>:! xterm +-bg ivory -fn 10x20 -e ispell %<CR><CR>:e +%<CR><CR>ggVG<Esc>`<v`>s<Esc>:bwipeout!<CR>:!rm +ispell.tmp*<CR>`q"_s<C-R>"<Esc> + +This is based on Chip Campbell's macro which uses Ispell on the whole file +(in normal mode). + +noremap <S-Insert> :w<CR>:! xterm -bg ivory -fn 10x20 -e ispell +%<CR><Space>:e %<CR><Space> + +Carl Mueller + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Switch +between splits very fast (for multi-file editing)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=173">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=173</A><BR> + +I am a Web developer and I use Vim as my primary editor. + +Most programming projects (and Web programming projects, in particular) +are spread out over multiple files, which you often want to have open +concurrently. If you don't already know, Vim supports this very well! Just use: + +:sp name-of-another-file-to-edit + +My problems were that (1) it took too long to move between files, and (2) +the files were taking up too much room on the screen. + +(1) In order to move to the file in the split above my current window, I was +typing Ctrl-W, Up (move up a window) Ctrl-W, _ (maximize the menu). That's +four keystrokes (more if you count Ctrl and Shift), and they are all over +the keyboard. To help avoid this problem, I created this mapping in my .vimrc: + +map <C-J> <C-W>j<C-W>_ map <C-K> +<C-W>k<C-W>_ + +Now I can hold down Ctrl and move between windows with the standard Vim +movement keys. Much, much quicker! + +(2) By default, Vim displays the current line of each minimized file, which +(to me) isn't much help and takes up too much screen real estate. I use this +line in my .vimrc: + +set wmh=0 + +This sets the minimum window height to 0, so you can stack many more files +before things get crowded. Vim will only display the filename. + +Hope this helps those of you who are working on projects with large numbers +of files you're constantly flipping through. Happy Vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Footnotes</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=174">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=174</A><BR> + +ab (1 +[1]<esc>:/^--\s/-1/<cr>o<insert><cr>Footnotes:<cr>----------<cr>[1] +ab (2 [2]<esc>:/^Footnotes\:/+2/<cr>o<insert>[2] +ab (3 [3]<esc>:/^Footnotes\:/+3/<cr>o<insert>[3] ab +(4 [4]<esc>:/^Footnotes\:/+4/<cr>o<insert>[4] ab (5 +[5]<esc>:/^Footnotes\:/+5/<cr>o<insert>[5] + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>how to make +VIM as ur default editor even without root ac.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=175">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=175</A><BR> + +hi, if u have installed vim in your home directory somewhere and u don't have a +root account, and you want to make VIM the default editor for anything u do. +i.e if ur using SQLplus and want to edit a sql command. normally typing +edit brings up the vi editor and not vim editor. to solve this problem. +define these three variables in your .profile VIM=<base directory where +vim executable is placed> VIMRUNTIME=<base direcoty where vim runtimes +are kept> EDITOR=$VIM/vim + +note if u have installed vim with another name, say vim.exe then change +EDITOR=$VIM/vim to EDITOR=$VIM/vim.exe + +source the .profile and viola. next time u start an editor from any program +u have the vim editor. + +Njoy. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Autocheckout from perforce</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=176">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=176</A><BR> + +The following code automatically checks out files from perforce when the +user modifies them. It first confirms the check-out with the user. + +(Perforce is a commercial version control system. I imagine this could be +modified for RCS, CVS, etc., but I don't use those.) + +I'm a vim newbie -- I've used vi since 1984, but just started with vim a couple +days ago. Color me impressed! Please excuse any stupidity in the code.. + +Note that this function needs the "P4HOME" environment variable to be set. +I could extract it by invoking "p4 client", but I don't want to invoke p4 +every time I start vim. So I assume the user sets it in the environment. + +" Set a buffer-local variable to the perforce path, if this file is under +the perforce root. function IsUnderPerforce() + if exists("$P4HOME") + if expand("%:p") =~ ("^" . $P4HOME) + let b:p4path = substitute(expand("%:p"), $P4HOME, "//depot", "") + endif + endif +endfunction " Confirm with the user, then checkout a file from perforce. +function P4Checkout() + if exists("b:p4path") + if (confirm("Checkout from Perforce?", "&Yes\n&No", 1) == 1) + call system("p4 edit " . b:p4path . " > /dev/null") if + v:shell_error == 0 + set noreadonly + endif + endif + endif +endfunction + +if !exists("au_p4_cmd") + let au_p4_cmd=1 + + au BufEnter * call IsUnderPerforce() au FileChangedRO * call P4Checkout() +endif + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Highlight +matching brackets as one moves in normal mode (plugin)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=177">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=177</A><BR> + +Check out <A HREF="http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs +for">http://www.erols.com/astronaut/vim/index.html#VimFuncs for</A><BR> +a plugin script which highlights matching brackets. The script has two +always-on maps: + \[i : start [HiMtchBrkt] mode \[s : stop [HiMtchBrkt] mode +The plugin will save all user maps and options that the plugin uses and will +restore them when the mode is stopped. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Making +a "derived" colorscheme without copy & paste</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=178">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=178</A><BR> + +Suppose there's a colorscheme that you're pretty fond of, but hate one or +two particular aspects about. For example, I love the "blue" colorscheme +that ships with vim, but I find it's colors for the non-active status line +to be unreadable. Here's how to create a colorscheme which extends "blue" +without copying it to a new file and editing it. + +In my ~/.vim/colors, I created a "my-blue.vim" file with these contents: + +"these lines are suggested to be at the top of every colorscheme hi clear +if exists("syntax_on") + syntax reset +endif + +"Load the 'base' colorscheme - the one you want to alter runtime +colors/blue.vim + +"Override the name of the base colorscheme with the name of this custom one +let g:colors_name = "my-blue" + +"Clear the colors for any items that you don't like hi clear StatusLine hi +clear StatusLineNC + +"Set up your new & improved colors hi StatusLine guifg=black guibg=white hi +StatusLineNC guifg=LightCyan guibg=blue gui=bold + +That's all there is to it. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Simplify help buffer navigation</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=179">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=179</A><BR> + +Vim is distributed with comprehensive help system, which has basic hyperlink +support - you can press <C-]> over |some subject| or 'some option' +to read more about particular term. + +The following mappings simplify help buffer navigation: pressing s(or S) +will find next(previous) subject from cursor position pressing o(or O) will +find next(previous) option from cursor position pressing Enter will jump to +subject under cursor pressing Backspace will return from the last jump + +Put them into help filetype plugin (like ~/.vim/ftplugin/help.vim on UNIX). + +nmap <buffer> <CR> <C-]> nmap <buffer> <BS> +<C-T> nmap <buffer> o /'[a-z]\{2,\}'<CR> nmap <buffer> +O ?'[a-z]\{2,\}'<CR> nmap <buffer> s /\|\S\+\|<CR> nmap +<buffer> S ?\|\S\+\|<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Reload +your filetype/syntax plugin</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=180">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=180</A><BR> + +Ever tried to write/debug your own filetype/syntax plugin? + +It's an iterative process which involves editing plugin code and testing it +on some sample file. To see changes you made in your plugin simply do :e +on sample file. This will force Vim to reload all buffer-specific files, +including your plugin. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>get the vim patched source</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=181">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=181</A><BR> + +Hi, there has been a number of person (including) asking in the vim list how +to keep up with Bram's incredible bug correction and patch writing skills, but +there is a great way to do this! Use the cvs source which is available at <A +HREF="http://sourceforge.net/cvs/?group_id=8">http://sourceforge.net/cvs/?group_id=8</A><BR> +it is kept up to date and its a lot easier than applying all the patch +in order. Benoit + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Keep +your cursor centered vertically on the screen</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=182">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=182</A><BR> + +i hope i don't hear a collective 'DUH!' from around the world but i just +did this and i think it's kinda cool. + +in your .vimrc add... + +map j jzz map k kzz + +so whenever you go up or down, vim does that and then re-centers. obviously it +doesn't work when you page up/ down. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Select +a buffer from those matching a pattern</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=183">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=183</A><BR> + +The :bu command will take a pattern as an argument and jump to the matching +buffer. However, it's not very helpful if there is more than one buffer +matching the pattern. In that case, it will jump to the first match, which +may not be what you want. The following function and user-command will +print a list of the matching buffers in the command-line area, and allow +you to select one of the matching buffers by number. + +"Select from buffers matching a certain pattern "the 'pattern' argument +shouldn't be prepended with a slash + +function! BufSel(pattern) + let bufcount = bufnr("$") let currbufnr = 1 while currbufnr <= bufcount + if(bufexists(currbufnr)) + let currbufname = bufname(currbufnr) if(match(currbufname, a:pattern) + > -1) + echo currbufnr . ": ". bufname(currbufnr) + endif + endif let currbufnr = currbufnr + 1 + endwhile let desiredbufnr = input("Enter buffer number: ") + if(strlen(desiredbufnr) != 0) + exe ":bu ". desiredbufnr + endif +endfunction + +"Bind the BufSel() function to a user-command command! -nargs=1 Bs :call +BufSel("<args>") + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>How +to obscure text instantaneously</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=184">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=184</A><BR> + +Hi, Lets say your writing some imp. doc. and your colleague comes along. you +don't wan't him to see what you are typing. so u start fumbling to type +:wq! or switch with Alt-TAB. etc. but wouldn't it be nice to just obsucre the +text temporarily, so that u don't have to quit or swith to another application +using Alt-tab. (and if u don;t have any other window open u can;t even use +alt-tab) well rot-13 comes to help. vim has a built in rot-13 encoder. + +jut put the follwoing in your .vimrc + +map <F3> ggVGg? + +so next time some body comes along just press <F3> and all the buffer +will be rot-13 encoded. to decode just press <f3> again. Njoy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Make vim the +editor for files with unregistered extensions in Windows</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=185">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=185</A><BR> + +Normally in Windows, if you try to "launch" a file whose extension is not +registered with the system, the OS will prompt you for what editor you would +like to use to open the file. A much more appealing solution, in my mind, +is to make vim the default editor for any unregistered extension. + +To set vim up as the default editor for unregistered extensions, follow +these steps: 1. Copy the following into a file named unregistered.reg +-------------begin unregistered.reg----------------- REGEDIT4 +[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Unknown\shell\Open\Command] @="d:\\program +files\\vim\\vim60\\gvim.exe \"%1\"" -------------end +unregistered.reg----------------- + +2. Import unregistered into your registry. This can be done in vim by +executing the following :!regedit "unregistered.reg" + +Disclaimer: This has been tested only on NT4. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Making search powerful</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=186">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=186</A><BR> + +My tip is just a bunch of mappings that can be used while searching. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Making search powerful</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=187">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=187</A><BR> + +(Sorry, I think I accidentally added an incomplete tip) + +My tip is just a bunch of mappings that can be used while searching. +What it does? + o. Extend your current search. (kinda emacs search where you can search + each occurences + one by one and go back to the cursor position. + o. Scroll/position during mapping. o. Other miscellaneous stuffs ;) read on + +How to use? + o. copy and paste the mappings into a file o. open vim (like vim .profile) + o. :so <saved-file> o. start using the mappings + +Note: + In case these mappings dont work run like, 'vim -u NONE -U NONE -c + "so the-saved-file.vim"' + + Some of my mappings override the default vim bindings. (like Ctrl-A, + Ctrl-Q). I selected those because, I feel by taking those I can do all + the search stuff with my left hand. + + One thing I did not like with this is, I usually miss the "search hit + bottom" message. I could have handled that by complicating the current + mappings, but I preferred to make it simple + +Mappings Used / => regular forward search start ? => +regular backward search start Rest of the mappings are used during search +Ctrl-A => search again forward (In normal mode, search forward with +the word under cursor) Ctrl-Q => search again backward (in normal mode, +search backward with the word under cursor) Ctrl-X => restore cursor (use +at any point of time/during-any-operation mentioned during searching) Ctrl-F +=> search with the word under cursor Ctrl-G => incrementally add the +letters following the search pattern (in current line) Ctrl-T Ctrl-T => +search for the exact Ctrl-T Ctrl-Y => search partial (just strips \< +and \>) Ctrl-E => scroll up during searching Ctrl-Y => scroll down +during searching Ctrl-Z Ctrl-Z => position the cursor to mid of screen +(like zz in normal) Ctrl-Z Ctrl-A => position the cursor to top of screen +(like zt in normal) Ctrl-Z Ctrl-X => position the cursor to bottom of +screen (like zb in normal) + +Misc: Ctrl-K during search save the current matching line Ctrl-K in normal +mode pastes the saved line + +C mappings Ctrl-V Ctrl-G search for the global variable of the search +pattern/word under cursor Ctrl-V Ctrl-H search for the local variable of +the search pattern/word under cursor + +" --- cut n paste from here to end of document --- se nocp incsearch " core +mappings noremap / mg/ noremap ? mg? ounmap / ounmap ? noremap <C-A> +mg"gyiw/<C-R>g cnoremap <C-A> <CR>/<Up> cnoremap +<C-X> <CR>`g cnoremap <C-Q> <CR>?<Up> + +" extending current search mappings cnoremap <C-F> +<CR>yiw<BS>/<C-R>" cnoremap <C-G> +<CR>y/<Up>/e+1<CR><BS>/<C-R>=escape(@",'.*\/?')<CR> + +" miscellaneous: copy current line during search and later paste in NORMAL +mode cnoremap <C-K> <CR>"hyy?<Up><CR>/<Up> +noremap <C-K> "hp + +" exact/partial search mappings cnoremap <C-T><C-T> +<Home>\<<C-End>\> cnoremap <C-T><C-Y> +<Home><Del><Del><End><Del><Del> + +" C global/local variable search mappings noremap <C-V><C-G> +mgyiw<CR>gg/\<<C-R>"\> noremap <C-V><C-H> +mgyiw?^{<CR>/\<<C-R>"\> cnoremap <C-V><C-G> +<CR>yiwgg/\<<C-R>"\> cnoremap <C-V><C-H> +<CR>yiw?^{<CR>/\<<C-R>"\> + +" positioning/scrolling during search mappings cnoremap <C-E> +<CR>mt<C-E>`t<BS>/<Up> cnoremap <C-Y> +<CR><C-Y><BS>/<Up> cnoremap <C-Z><C-A> +<CR>zt<BS>/<Up> cnoremap <C-Z><C-X> +<CR>zb<BS>/<Up> cnoremap <C-Z><C-Z> +<CR>zz<BS>/<Up> + +" VISUAL mappings vnoremap / ymg/<C-R>=escape(@",'.*\/?')<CR> +vnoremap ? ymg?<C-R>=escape(@",'.*\/?')<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Searching +for more than one word at the same time.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=188">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=188</A><BR> + +Did you know that with VIM u can search for more than one word with a single +command. say you want to search all occurances of "bill" or "ted", or "harry" +in a text. in normal mode do the following. /\(bill\)\|\(ted\)\|\(harry\) +<Enter> + +this will match all instances of either "bill", or "ted", or "harry" in your +text. the key is the \(\) and \| operators. \(\) group characters in a word +and \| is for ORing. + +this is so cool u can even use it for replacing text. to replace all +instances of "bill" or "ted" or "harry" with "greg" do the following +:%s/\(bill\)\|\(ted\)\|\(harry\)/greg/g <enter> (note :- if u have +set the option "gdefault" u don't need the "g" at the end of the above command) + +I don't know of any other editor which can do this, with so much ease. +Rock on VIM Njoy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Make +Ctrl-Backspace delete previous word (like GTK inputs)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=189">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=189</A><BR> + +Stuff this into your ~/.gvimrc and then you'll be able to type +Control-Backspace to delete the previous word. I had gotten so used to +C-BS working a certain way in all my editors with a ceezy input area (like +mozilla/galeon, gabber, etc...), that I wanted the same behaviour when I +used gvim. + +" map control-backspace to delete the previous word :imap <C-BS> +<Esc>vBc + +Simple, I know, but reasonably useful. + +--Robert + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>XP > +I-Explorer > HTML Editor < REG files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=190">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=190</A><BR> + +The issue is permitting other programs, besides NOTEPAD, be the HTML editor +under Internet Explorer. (Adding "Edit" as a New Action in the publicly +exposed Files Types for HTM/L does NOT do the job.) + +Given below are two REG files for vim. Just cut 'em up where indicated. +They have been tested under Windows XP. + +-------------------------------------------------------CUT HERE--------------- +Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00 + +; GOAL: Set gvim as HTML editor in Internet Explorer 6.0 ; Vim version : +6.0 ; Windows version: XP ; EASY USAGE: name this file iex-vim60.reg and +double click on it ; Hard Usage: IMPORT this file using REGEDIT.EXE found +in c:\WINDOWS ; Last modified date : Dec 16, 2001 + +; gvim is expected in "C:\Program Files\Vim\vim60\gvim.exe" ; Be sure to +also reset Explorer>Tools>Internet Options>Programs + +; Microsoft documentation ; <A +HREF="http://msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/browser/configuration/clientreg/clientregistrylayout.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/browser/configuration/clientreg/clientregistrylayout.asp</A><BR> + +; Add Vim in the list of supported HTML editors +[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\Vim] + +[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\Vim\shell] + +[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\Vim\shell\edit] + +[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\Vim\shell\edit\command] @="\"C:\\Program +Files\\Vim\\vim60\\gvim.exe\" \"%1\"" + +; Do NOT add to .html, registry for .htm type suffices +;[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.html\OpenWithList\Vim] + +;[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.html\OpenWithList\Vim\shell] + +;[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.html\OpenWithList\Vim\shell\edit] + +;[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.html\OpenWithList\Vim\shell\edit\command] +;@="\"C:\\Program Files\\Vim\\vim60\\gvim.exe\" \"%1\"" + +; OPTIONAL: Within Internet Explorer "View Source" with gvim +; but prefer to use Edit button (got to add this) on Toolbar +;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\View Source Editor] + +;[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\View Source +Editor\Editor Name] ;@="C:\\Program Files\\Vim\\vim60\\gvim.exe" + +; ============================================= EOF + +-------------------------------------------------------CUT HERE--------------- +Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00 + +; GOAL: UNINSTALL gvim as HTML editor in Internet Explorer 6.0 ; Vim version : +6.0 ; Windows version: XP ; EASY USAGE: name this file iex-vim60-uninstall.reg +and double click on it ; Hard Usage: IMPORT this file using REGEDIT.EXE +found in c:\WINDOWS ; Last modified date : Dec 16, 2001 + +; gvim is expected in "C:\Program Files\Vim\vim60\gvim.exe" ; Be sure to +also reset Explorer>Tools>Internet Options>Programs + +; Microsoft documentation ; <A +HREF="http://msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/browser/configuration/clientreg/clientregistrylayout.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/browser/configuration/clientreg/clientregistrylayout.asp</A><BR> + +[-HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\Vim] + +[-HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.html\OpenWithList\Vim] + +[-HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\View Source Editor] + +; ============================================= EOF +-------------------------------------------------------CUT HERE--------------- + +Happy Vimming... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Transposing</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=191">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=191</A><BR> + +You can easily move lines with these maps using <C-Up> and <C-Down> +(only in GUI version :( ) (Works in normal, insert, and visual mode, but +you can't add a count to them) " Transposing lines nmap <C-Down> +:<C-u>move .+1<CR> nmap <C-Up> :<C-u>move .-2<CR> + +imap <C-Down> <C-o>:<C-u>move .+1<CR> imap <C-Up> +<C-o>:<C-u>move .-2<CR> + +vmap <C-Down> :move '>+1<CR>gv vmap <C-Up> :move +'<-2<CR>gv + +" Transpose chars (like Ctrl-T in emacs, shell...) imap <C-F> +<Esc>Xpa + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Latex Help for VIM</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=192">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=192</A><BR> + +LaTeX Help for aucTeX `translated' as vim help file. + +Installing + +:help add-local-help + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Insert +the current filename at cursor postion.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=193">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=193</A><BR> + +I found this one good for when I was starting to learn Java, it simply inserts +the current filename, at the cursor position, when you are in insert mode. +Honestly, its a mish-mash of some other tips I found here, but I thought it +might be useful. + +imap \fn <C-R>=expand("%:t:r")<CR> + +Enjoy! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Inserting text in multiple lines</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=194">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=194</A><BR> + +Do you know the I key in visual-block mode? + +Suppose you have let a=2 let b=3 let c=4 + +You want to make these variables script-wise. Then you move to over a, hit +<C-v>, press jj and now press I. You will be in insert mode before a +Now enter s:<Esc>, and when you press <Esc>, b and c will have +the s: prefix too. See |v_b_I| + +Happy vimming! Gergely Kontra + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Switching between files</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=195">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=195</A><BR> + +When you edit multiple files, you often need to change windows. You can set +up vim in windows and gvim to switch between windows with the commonly used +Ctrl-Tab and Ctrl-Shift-Tab The mappings nmap <C-Tab> <C-w>w +nmap <C-S-Tab><C-w>W (They wrap around) See also |Ctrl-w| + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>FileName +Completion in Shell Scripts</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=196">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=196</A><BR> + +In shell scripts, you often define environment variables for diff directory +names. i.e. JAVA_HOME=/opt/java/jdk1.4 PATH=/usr/local/bin:/bin.... + +Normally typing Ctrl-X Ctrl-F is used to complete FileName under cursor. +But this does not work if used on lines given above. This is because vim +treats "=" sign as a valid filename character. Since the actual possibility +of "=" being in any filename is very less, this char can be removed from +the list of valid filename char. + +set isfname-== + +putting the above line in .vimrc will remove "=" from the list of valid +filename chars. thus u can easyly complete filenames using <Ctrl-X> +<Ctrl-F> Njoy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Open +file in already running vim from elsewhere</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=197">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=197</A><BR> + +If you want edit new file, and you want do it in alrady running vim, +instead of launching another instance, you may use --remote argument: + +gvim first_file gvim --remote +split first_file + +:he --remote It requires X windows (but works in terminal version of vim +there too) or MS windows and built-in client-server mechanism. If there are +several instances of vim already running, you may choose to which you talk +using --servername :help --servername + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Pasting +code with syntax coloring in emails</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=198">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=198</A><BR> + +When sending code snippets or diffs to your colleagues either for code review +or for something else as email, how nice and clear it will be if you can +paste it with the Vim syntax highlighting? I am sure they will be impressed +and feel much easier to read the code. It is also very easy and fast (once +you practice it) to do this. + +This probably works only on windows and requires you to use Internet Explorer +and an email client that understand RTF content coming from clipboard, such +as Outlook or Outlook Express. At least that would make the process faster. I +haven't tried on any other combination though. This is what you need to do: + +- Open the file containing the code/code snippet/diff etc. in gvim. If you +use dark background for GVim (like me), then I would suggest you to change +your color scheme temporarily to something else that has a white background +or just use the "-U NONE" as below: + + gvim -U NONE <file> + +- Convert the file into HTML by using the following command at the colon +prompt as below: + + :runtime syntax/2html.vim + +- The above step will open a new window with the HTML content in it. You might +want to just save it with the suggested name or write into a temporary file as: + + :w! c:/tmp/t.html + +- Open the IE browser window and open the above temp file "c:/tmp/t.html". +- Now you select all (press ^A) and copy it (^C). - You are ready to paste +it with syntax coloring in any application that accepts RTF content from +clipboard, including Outlook or Outlook Express mail composing window. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>maximize +window and return to previous split structure</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=199">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=199</A><BR> + +Say you have layed out a complex window split structure, and want to +temporarily open 1 window with max dimensions, but don't want to lose your +split structure. The following function and mappings let you toggle between +the split windows and on window maximized. The mappings prevent the default +behavior of calling :only and losing your finely tuned splits. + +Put this bit in your vimrc file, change mappings if you don't want to override +the defaults: + +nnoremap <C-W>O :call MaximizeToggle ()<CR> nnoremap <C-W>o +:call MaximizeToggle ()<CR> nnoremap <C-W><C-O> :call +MaximizeToggle ()<CR> + +function! MaximizeToggle() + if exists("s:maximize_session") + source s:maximize_session call delete(s:maximize_session) + unlet s:maximize_session let &hidden=s:maximize_hidden_save + unlet s:maximize_hidden_save + else + let s:maximize_hidden_save = &hidden let s:maximize_session = + tempname() set hidden mksession! s:maximize_session only + endif +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Bouncing +Parentheses (during insertion)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=200">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=200</A><BR> + +When one is inserting parentheses some folks like to see the cursor bounce +off the matching parenthesis. To do that, put the following map into your +<.vimrc> file: + + inoremap ) )<c-o>%<c-o>:sleep + 500m<CR><c-o>%<c-o>a + +Adjust the time delay (its 500 milliseconds above) to suit your needs. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>The meaning of life</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=201">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=201</A><BR> + +Use this tip if you need to discover the meaning of life, the universe +and everything. + +Simply do: :h 42 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>debugging window autocommands</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=202">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=202</A><BR> + +Don't know how people debug autocommands, but I just found out that you can +debug (at least) those that result due to window close by just doing a debug +quit, i.e., + +:debug quit + +Vim will let you step into the autocommands. Try it to believe. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Make make more helpful</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=203">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=203</A><BR> + +I find this a very useful command to use. Add the below 4 lines to your vimrc. +Then instead of "make" use "Make". + +" Command Make will call make and then cwindow which " opens a 3 line error +window if any errors are found. " if no errors, it closes any open cwindow. +:command -nargs=* Make make <args> | cwindow 3 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Some +mappings for using cscope with vim.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=204">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=204</A><BR> + +These mappings can make using cscope a fun. You can copy the word under the +cursor in one window, and search for it from other window. + +" Copy and paste the word under cursor map <silent> <C-Space> +:let@m=expand("<cword>")<CR> + +" Use the C-Space word as the search criterion map <C-F6> :cscope +find s <C-R>=@m<CR><CR> map <C-F5> :cscope find +c <C-R>=@m<CR><CR> map <C-F7> :cscope find g +<C-R>=@m<CR><CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Computing a sum of numbers in vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=205">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=205</A><BR> + +"Sometimes you need to sum a some numbers in vim. There *are* some plugins +"that can do the job. But what if the numbers are not in a columns or are on +"the same line or are sacttered all across the file? You might also need to +"sum all the numbers in file that look like '1234$', or '54565 Eu' ignoring +others. " "There is a very simple trick, using (my favourite) command ":s " +"First you define following function + +:let g:S=0 "In global variable S we later find the result + +:function! Sum(number) "The function is defined with a '!', + "so it does not complain during debugging + "when you are redefining the function + :let g:S=g:S+a:number "we accumulate the result in global variable + S :return a:number "function returns the argument, so after a :s + "command the text remains the same +:endfunction + +"you can do issue those few commands from a command line, "or create a small +file and put it into your plugin directory, "or write those few commands +into a file end issue a command :so % + +"how to use this little function: "let's suppose you have a simple +column of numbers like " "10 "20 "30 " "you issue command like: :let S=0 +:%s/[0-9]\+/\=Sum(submatch(0))/ "the command finds the first number on the +line and adds it to the S " "the result is displayed :echo $S + +"!!!! don't forget to do :let g:S=0 "before use. + +"you can also use \zs and \ze atoms in a regular expression to "delimit the +number, so submatch(0) returns only a number and "the text remains unchanged +after 'substitute' + +"for starter on the wonderfull world of regular expressions see: :help +usr_27.txt + +"for the definition of the search pattern see :help :s :help pattern + +"for replacement strings begining with \= and special function submatch(0)see +:help sub-replace-special + +"for the *ultimate* guide through the world of regular expressions see book: +"Mastering Regular Expressions "Powerful Techniques for Perl and Other Tools +"by Jeffrey E.F. Friedl "from O'REILLY + +"the book does not write about vim, yet here you can learn that ":s command +is the most powerfull command you can find in a text editor. "(with the +possible exception of :global command) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Highlight +doubled word errors in text</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=206">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=206</A><BR> + +An error I sometimes make while working on a LaTeX file is the repetition of +a word as in "the the". Most often, such doubled words come about through +a careless edit. Doubled words are hard to spot when the first word of the +doubled pair is the last word on one line, and the second word of the pair +is the the first word on the next line. There is an example of such an error +in the last sentence. Vim's syntax mechanism can be used to highlight doubled +words as an error. + +To obtain this highlighting for TeX and LaTeX files, place the following +two lines: + + syn match texDoubleWord "\c\<\(\a\+\)\_s\+\1\>" hi def link + texDoubleWord Error + +in a file called tex.vim in the directory that shows up last in your +runtimepath (:set runtimepath? to check). This will often be either +~/.vim/after/syntax/tex.vim or $VIM/vimfiles/after/syntax/tex.vim + +The same effect can be obtained for files of a different filetype, say html, +by putting the same lines in a file called html.vim in the same location. + +For more on the runtimepath, :he runtimepath. For more on syntax highlighting, +:he syntax + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>editing +databases with Vim/Perl/DBI</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=207">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=207</A><BR> + +Perl's Data-Base-Independent (DBI) module provides programming language +level access to a lot of databases. + +Vim hosts an embedded Perl interpreter. So it is only a matter of some key +strokes to interactively issue DB commands from within Vim or to search, +edit, and replace database contents including retrieval and storage. Of course +"create table" scripts can be worked upon in Vim as well as storing recurring +patterns in Vim functions or Perl modules. + +Prerequisites: Vim needs to be compiled with Perl support enabled. See the +|if_perl.txt| manual page! The CPAN module DBI as well as an appropriate +database driver has to be installed with Perl in order to execute these +Vim commands: + +" connect to perl's dbi module: :perl use dbi; + +" connect to the database: :perl $dbh = dbi->connect( +"DBI:mysql:$DBNAME:$HOST",$USER,$PASSWORD, + { raiseerror => 1}); + +" perform a simple query: :perl $result = $dbh->selectall_arrayref("show +tables;"); + +" insert the list of tables into the current buffer's top: :perl +$curbuf->Append(0, map($_->[0], @{$result})); + +In MySql the command "show tables;" results in a list of table names. Inserted +into a Vim buffer this results in one line per table. + +You can find more on my web page <A +HREF="http://members.chello.at/intelliware/dbEdit">http://members.chello.at/intelliware/dbEdit</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Alter +the display of buffers in the buffers menu</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=208">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=208</A><BR> + +If you use the buffers menu, here's where you can change how the buffernames +are displayed: + +menu.vim, function s:BMMunge + +OLD: let name2 = name2 . ' (' . a:bnum . ')' + +displays: + + .vimrc (1) menu.vim (2) + +NEW: let name2 = '&' . a:bnum . '. ' . name2 + +displays + + 1. .vimrc 2. menu.vim +(with the 1 and the 2 underlined) + +which is more useful, because you can (almost) always pick the buffer you +want with one keystroke, the buffernumber, until you get to buffer 10 anyway. + +Roger + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>backtracking your movements in a file</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=209">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=209</A><BR> + +If you are jumping from one line to another a lot. You may find the "Ctrl-o" +command handy. Usually u can set markers in a buffer to keep track of your +movements. but Ctrl-o makes it even easier. it takes you back sequentially +to all your previous cursor locations in a buffer. just press ctrl-o in +normal mode and u will go to your last cursor position. + +Njoy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>compiling the actual file with gcc</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=210">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=210</A><BR> + +if you use set makeprg=gcc\ -o\ %<\ % in your .vimrc, and your actual +file is file.c, then :make will compile file.c with the output file. (gcc +file.c -o file). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Rotate color themes</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=211">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=211</A><BR> + +This tip is for those who like to change their vim color themes pretty often. +I like different themes just for a change in my work environment. To achieve +this just add the following to your .vimrc or _vimrc file. + +let themeindex=0 function! RotateColorTheme() + let y = -1 while y == -1 + let colorstring = + "#blue.vim#elflord.vim#evening.vim#koehler.vim#murphy.vim#pablo.vim#ron.vim#" + let x = match(colorstring,"#",g:themeindex) let y = + match(colorstring,"#",x+1) let g:themeindex = x+1 ":echo x + y g:themeindex if y == -1 + let g:themeindex = 0 + else + let themestring = strpart(colorstring,x+1,y-x-1) + echo("Setting Theme to-> ".themestring) return + ":so $VIMRUNTIME/colors/".themestring + endif + endwhile +endfunction + +Change the value of colorstring above by changing the line let colorstring = +"#blue.vim#elflord.vim#evening.vim#koehler.vim#murphy.vim#pablo.vim#ron.vim#" +You can add your favorite color themes in this string so that you can rotate +between them. Just make sure that any string that you add is in between the # +as shown above. Just follow the format above and things will work. + +Then assign a key to roate the theme. map <F8> :execute +RotateColorTheme() + +Dunno if there are better ways to do the same. I just did a "help eval" +and wrote the above. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Setting +file attributes without reloading a buffer</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=212">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=212</A><BR> + +While creating scripts and others executable files with Vim it is needed to +set UNIX executable bit on the file. You can do this from inside Vim with +:!chmod a+x %. The % represents current buffer's filename. The problem is +that Vim will notice attribute changes and prompt you to reload a file. If +you do this, your undo history for the file will be lost. + +The following function facilitate changing executable attributes without +reloading a buffer. Thanks to Bram for the algorithm for this function. + +fun! SetExecutableBit() + let fname = expand("%:p") :checktime exec "au FileChangedShell + " . fname . " :echo" :silent !chmod a+x % :checktime exec + "au! FileChangedShell " . fname +endfun + +" Create an EX command that will call the function. command -nargs=0 Xbit +call SetExecutableBit() + +Now you can type :Xbit to make the file executable! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>delet all lines containt TXT</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=213">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=213</A><BR> + +I needed this one when I was editing an ldif file: + +I needed to delete all lines containing "profile": + +:g/profile/d + +very handydandy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Current buffer based menus</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=214">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=214</A><BR> + +If you have different menus for different filetypes, and you want to have +only the menu relevant to current buffer displayed, you can use this approach: + +in .vimrc: au BufEnter * if exists('b:BuffEnter')|exec b:BuffEnter|endif au +BufLeave * if exists('b:BuffEnter')|exec b:BuffLeave|endif + +In appropriate ftplugin/?.vim, there are assigned commands to create or +destroy the menus - here typed in directly, may be of course call to a +menu-generating function or whatever. + +let b:BuffEnter='amenu C.added ...' let b:BuffLeave='unmenu! C|unmenu C' + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Edit +configuration files for a filetype</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=215">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=215</A><BR> + +When you open a file, vim may load several scripts to customize itself for +editing the file type the file is associated with (for example a file "test.c" +is associated with the filetype "c"). Such configurations include the setting +of syntax highlighting colors (:help syntax) and support for indentation +(:help filetype-indent-on). When you start to override these files for +yourself, it can sometimes be confusing, which file sets a specific option. +The following function can be used, to edit the configuration files which +are associated with a specific filename. It open a buffer for all files which +get loaded. If I invoke it with ':call Edit_ft_conf("test.c")', for example, +I end up with the following buffers / windows: + 1 a "[No File]" line 1 2 a "test.c" + line 1 3 a= "/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/syntax/c.vim" + line 1 4 a "~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim" line 1 5 #a= + "/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/indent/c.vim" line 1 6 %a= + "/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/ftplugin/c.vim" line 1 + +Here comes the function: + +" Edit filetype configuration files " Usage: ':call Edit_ft_conf("file")' +" Purpose: open all scripts which get loaded implicitly by opening "file" " +(syntax highlighting, indentation, filetype plugins, ..) " The order of +windows reflects the order of script loading (but "file" is " the topmost +window) fun! Edit_ft_conf(name) + " we may not do this with a loaded file, since this won't trigger the + " configuration file loading as desired. " try calling with 'call + Edit_ft_conf("nonexistingfile.<EXT>")' if this " gives you troubles + if bufexists(a:name) && bufloaded(a:name) + echo "!Attention: buffer for " . a:name . " is loaded, unload first." + return + endif " split-open the file with verbose set, grab the output into a + register " (without clobbering) let safereg = @u redir @u " redirect + command output to register @u exec "silent 2verbose split " . a:name + " verbose level 2 suffices to catch all scripts which get opened + redir END " Parse register @u, looking for smth like: + 'sourcing"/usr/local/share/vim/vim60/syntax/c.vim"' let pos = 0 let + regexp = 'sourcing "[^"]\+"' while match(@u,regexp,pos) >= 0 + let file = matchstr(@u,regexp,pos) let pos = matchend (@u,regexp,pos) + let file = strpart(file,10,strlen(file)-11) exec "silent below split + " . file + endwhile " restore the register let @u = safereg +endfun + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>calculate +equations from within vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=216">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=216</A><BR> + +The following map and function calculates equations using the program 'bc' +(found on most linux systems, available for most systems). Visually select the +equation you want to calculate, then hit ;bc - if the selection ends with an +'=' sign, the answer will be appended after the equal, otherwise, the answer +is echoed as a message. The code to put in a vimrc and source is at the end. + +Equations can span multiple lines, and the full bc syntax is probably +supported. Additionally, sin (), cos (), etc, are transformed into the +names used by bc (s () c (), etc). + +Here are some example lines: + +2 * sqrt (2) = + +3 * (2 - 1) + 4.0 ^ 6 = + +4 / 3 = + +3 + + 4 - + 2 * (1 / (3 + 2)) = + +define rad (x) { + return (x / 180) * 4 * atan (1) +} cos (rad (45)) = + +Select each of these in turn (continguous non-blank lines, and hit ;bc for +each), and this is what you get: 2 * sqrt (2) = 2.82842712474619009760 + +3 * (2 - 1) + 4.0 ^ 6 = 4099.000000 + +4 / 3 = 1.33333333333333333333 + +3 + + 4 - + 2 * (1 / (3 + 2)) = 6.60000000000000000000 + +define rad (x) { + return (x / 180) * 4 * atan (1) +} cos (rad (45)) = .70710678118654752440 + +Fun, no? Here is the code you need to put in your vimrc file: + +vnoremap ;bc "ey:call CalcBC()<CR> function! CalcBC() + let has_equal = 0 + + " remove newlines and trailing spaces let @e = substitute (@e, "\n", + "", "g") let @e = substitute (@e, '\s*$', "", "g") + + " if we end with an equal, strip, and remember for output if @e =~ "=$" + let @e = substitute (@e, '=$', "", "") let has_equal = 1 + endif + + " sub common func names for bc equivalent let @e = substitute (@e, + '\csin\s*(', "s (", "") let @e = substitute (@e, '\ccos\s*(', "c + (", "") let @e = substitute (@e, '\catan\s*(', "a (", "") let @e = + substitute (@e, "\cln\s*(", "l (", "") + + " escape chars for shell let @e = escape (@e, '*()') + + " run bc, strip newline let answer = substitute (system ("echo " + . @e . " \| bc -l"), "\n", "", "") + + " append answer or echo if has_equal == 1 + normal `> exec "normal a" . answer + else + echo "answer = " . answer + endif +endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Translate +&#nnn; in html source to readable ascii</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=217">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=217</A><BR> + +I found a website *cough*Tivoli.com*cough* that likes to obfuscate some of +its help file web pages using &#nnn; instead of normal ascii. If you load +the source with Vim (in Opera you can just designate Vim as your source +viewing program), you can :so the following code to make it readable. + +let n = 32 while n < 127 + if n == 38 + silent! exec '%s/&/\&/g' + elseif n == 47 + silent! exec '%s///\//g' + else + silent! exec '%s/&#' . n . ';/' . nr2char(n) . '/g' + endif let n = n + 1 +endwhile + +Disclaimer: I hacked this together in about 10 minutes (or possibly longer :). +It worked suitably for the website I wrote it for (or possibly "against" :). +Your Milage May Vary. + +See :help eval, :help silent, :help exec, :help :s + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Check +for comments, independent of the filetype</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=218">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=218</A><BR> + +For some scripts it might be useful to detect, whether a specific position +in a buffer is inside of a comment or not. Syntax highlighting can save us +the work for parsing the comments ourselves. + +The command + :echo synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 0)), "name") +echoes the group used for *highlighting* the character at the current +cursor position, see ':help synIDtrans()'. It will usually be "Comment" +if the cursor is inside of a comment, so + synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 0)), "name") == "Comment" +detects, independent of the filetype (which have their own group 'names' +for comments), if the cursor is inside a comment or not. The expression + synIDattr(synIDtrans(synID(line("."), col("."), 0)), "name") =~ + 'Comment\|Constant\|PreProc' +will detect additionally, if the cursor is inside of a string or some +preprocessor statement. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>make +from command line, open vim on errors</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=219">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=219</A><BR> + +A simple alias (*csh) or shell function (bash) will let you run make from your +shell, then automatically open vim or gvim on the errors (if there were any): + +csh or tcsh: + +alias Make 'make \!* |& tee make.errors || gvim -q make.errors -c :copen' + +bash: + +Make () { command make "$@" |& tee make.errors || gvim -q make.errors -c +:copen ; } + +If you use vanilla sh or ksh or even cmd.exe, you can probably do the same - +add a not if you have ideas. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Match every word except 'foo'</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=220">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=220</A><BR> + +This is a regular expression that matches all words except 'foo' +\v<(foo>)@!\k+> + +\v Very magic < Start-of-word (Foo>) The +atom 'Foo' followed by end-of-word @! Match (with zero length) +when the previous atom doesn't match. \k+ Match one or more +Keywords > Match end-of-word. + +This is a kool example of using \@! in the middle of a regexp. The non-magic +version is: \<\(foo\>\)\@!\k\+\> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>indenting "throws" in java</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=221">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=221</A><BR> + +I want to indent java files like this: + + int x(int y, int z) + throws Exception + { + [...] return something; + } + +By default vim will properly indent "throws" line, but following "{" will +not be deindented back to the method declaration. + +The following indentexpr does the trick: let +&indentexpr='getline(v:lnum)=~"^\\s*{" && getline(v:lnum-1)=~"^\\s*throws\\s" +? cindent(v:lnum)-&sw : cindent(v:lnum)' + +It just checks that the current line starts with "{" and the previous line +starts with "throws" and if that is the case, it subtracts one shiftwidth +from the number returned by cindent. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Building vim with color on HP-UX</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=222">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=222</A><BR> + +Following the normal steps of running "./configure" and "make" to build vim +on an HP-UX 10.20 will result in vim being linked with the termlib library. +This library does not support certain termcap capability codes, such as the +"Co" code used to query the number of colors supported by the terminal. +Consequently, vim will not display colors when used with a color terminal +such as a color xterm. + +One solution to this is to run the configure script with the +"--with-tlib=curses" option, like this: + + ./configure --with-tlib=curses + +This will cause vim to be linked with the HP-UX curses library, which does +support the color termcap capability codes. + +Note that the xterm that comes standard with HP-UX 10.20 does not display color +character attributes. To see colors when running vim in a terminal window, +you will also need to install a color terminal emulator such as a recent xterm. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Reverse Selected Text</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=223">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=223</A><BR> + +Suppose you want to reverse some text - I don't know why you would want to - +maybe you're dyslexic. Anyway, I had a need, so this mapping will reverse +visually selected text. Put the mapping in your vimrc or otherwise source +it, then visually select the word or words, and hit ;rv - really only works +with selections on one line: + +vnoremap ;rv c<C-O>:set revins<cr><C-R>"<esc>:set +norevins<cr> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Shifting blocks visually</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=224">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=224</A><BR> + +I use the < and > commands on blocks a lot, and it has always annoyed me +that if you want to shift more than one 'shiftwidth', you have count how many +'shiftwidth's you want to enter the '[count]>', or restore the selection +with "gv". So I've cooked up two mappings that come in very handy: + +:vnoremap < <gv :vnoremap > >gv + +These mappings will reselect the block after shifting, so you'll just have +to select a block, press < or > as many times as you like, and press +<ESC> when you're done to unselect the block. + +I know it's not rocket science, but it sure has helped me a lot. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>vim can interact with xdvi</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=225">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=225</A><BR> + + vim can interact with the tricks that the latest xdvi does: + + * If one clicks at some place in xdvi, vim automatically jumps to the + corresponding line in the LaTeX source file ("reverse search") + * Also, from inside vim, one can jump to the corresponding line in xdvi + which becomes highlighted ("forward search"). + + Here is how to do it: + + * Reverse search: + We start a vim server by: vim --servername xdvi We start xdvi(k) on + file.dvi by: + xdvik -editor "vim --servername xdvi --remote +%l %f" file.dvi + At the desired location in xdvi, we press: <ctrl><left_mouse> + Then, vim will jump to the corresponding line in the source file. + + * Forward search: + Inside vim, we type, for example, _g which is the following mapping: + (the following should be a single line) + + map _g :execute "!xdvik -name xdvi -sourceposition " + . line(".") . expand("%") . " " . expand("%:r") . ".dvi" + <cr><cr> + + [the command to go to the point of xdvi that corresponds to line, eg, 77 + of the source file is (no space after 77) + xdvik -name xdvi -sourceposition 77file.tex file.dvi ] + + For the above to work one needs: 1) A recent version of xdvi or xdvik + (>22.39 I think) 2) The package srcltx.sty and \usepackage{srcltx} + (which should be + commented out when one finishes and is ready for printing etc). + 3) Our version of vim should have been compiled with +clientserver + (however, my vim doesn't have it and still works, so try it before + Bram finds out what is happening and fixes it) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Edit +file under cursor after a horizontal split</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=226">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=226</A><BR> + +I use the command 'gf' quite often. But with this command the current buffer +is hidden. To avoid that I use the following mapping : + +map gw <Esc>:sp %<CR> gf + +With this mapping the file under the cursor is opened after a horizontal split. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Power of :g</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=227">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=227</A><BR> + +:g is something very old and which is very powerful. I just wanted to +illustrate the use of it with some examples. Hope, it will be useful for +someone. + +Brief explanation for ":g" ------------------------- Syntax is: + :[range]:g/<pattern>/[cmd] +You can think the working as, for the range (default whole file), execute +the colon command(ex) "cmd" for the lines matching <pattern>. Also, +for all lines that matched the pattern, "." is set to that particular line +(for certain commands if line is not specified "." (current line) is assumed). + +Some examples ------------- Display context (5 lines) for all occurences of +a pattern + :g/<pattern>/z#.5 :g/<pattern>/z#.5|echo "==========" << + same as first, but with some beautification >> +Delete all lines matching a pattern + :g/<pattern>/d +Delete all blank lines (just an example for above) + :g/^\s*$/d +Double space the file + :g/^/pu =\"\n\" :g/^/pu _ << the above one also works >> +Copy all lines matching a pattern to end of file + :g/<pattern>/t$ +Yank all lines matching a pattern to register 'a' + 0"ay0:g/<pattern>/y A +Increment the number items from current line to end-of-document by one + :.,$g/^\d/exe "normal! \<c-a>" +Comment (C) lines containing "DEBUG" statements + g/^\s*DEBUG/exe "norm! I/* \<Esc>A */\<Esc>" +A Reverse lookup for records (eg: An address book, with Name on start-of-line +and fields after a space) + :g/<patern>?^\w?p "if only name is interested + :g/<patern>/ka|?^\w?p|'ap "if name and the lookup-line + is interested :g/<patern>/?^\w?|+,/^[^ ]/-1p "if entire record + is interested +Reverse a file (just to show the power of 'g') + :g/^/m0 + +Foot note 1: use :v to negate the search pattern Foot note 2: Some explanation +of commonly used commands with :g + :2,8co15 => Copy lines 2 through 8 after line 15 :4,15t$ => Copy + linesa 4 through 15 towards end of document (t == co) + :-t$ => Copy previous line to end of document + :m0 => Move current line to the top of the document +:.,+3m$-1 => Move current line through cur-line+3 to the last but one line + of the document +Foot note 3: Commands used with :g are ex commands, so a help search should + be, + :help :<help-topic> eg. :help :k + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Deleting +nested reply threads in emails</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=228">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=228</A><BR> + +I find the following setting useful when replying to email threads that have +lots of lines like the following: > blah > > blah > > > blah + +autocmd FileType mail map <F8> :%g/^> >/d<CR> + +When replying to a mail and you want to remove everything except what the +person you are directly replying to wrote just press F8. From the example +above, you would just be left with > blah + +What it does is simply match any line starting with > > and deletes it. +It's not perfect as sigs and other debris may remain but it takes a lot +of the grunt work out of replying to mails. The autocmd only maps F8 when +using mails, this is handy if you use F8 for other things as I do. + +:help autocmd :help map :help :g + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>First +thing to try before asking help</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=229">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=229</A><BR> + +I've seen several questions asked in the reflector which is available in the +help files. Yeah, I know the help is huge. But, you can try this command +to show a list of related topics you are trying: + :he <topic><c-d> +It is "some topic" followed by the key sequence Ctrl-D. For eg: + :he xterm<c-d> +will show all the help topics matching xterm. Then you can do +completion/copy-n-paste the topic you are searching. Of course you can cycle +through all the topics through repeated <TABS>, but if the number of +hits are huge, it is cumbersome. + +Enjoy vimming beginners!!! -Arun + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>copy +current file to another location from within vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=230">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=230</A><BR> + +I work on jsp pages in my source tree but I have to copy the jsp files over +to the tomcat directory in order to view my changes.The following mapping +will copy the file being edited to another location. + +command Cpage silent !cp '%:p' "c:/Progra~1/Tomcat/webapps/console/pages/%" + +Explanation: + +% refers to the current buffer %:p refers to the path to the file silent +suppresses the command prompt window. + +Usage: + +:Cpage + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Localized color schemes</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=231">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=231</A><BR> + +i frequently like to edit multiple files in the same vim session. however, +if i come into vim from another window i frequently hit 'i' and start typing +in whatever buffer is currently being used -- this is often the wrong one +(requires <esc>, undo, go the other buffer and . to redo). + +one way to work around this for me is to use a different color scheme +depending on what file i'm working on: + +au BufEnter * if (exists("b:colors_name")) | let b:current_colors=colors_name +| execute "colorscheme " . b:colors_name | endif + +au BufLeave * if (exists("b:current_colors")) | execute "colorscheme " +. b:current_colors | endif + +if you define b:colors_name with a particular color scheme name, then the +above autocommands will switch to that colorscheme when you enter that window +and will return to the original color upon departure. + +inside ftplugin/java.vim, for example, i might have b:colors_name set to +'morning', causing all java files to have a distinguishing color scheme. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Search +JDK help for keyword at cursor</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=232">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=232</A><BR> + + If you are using the Win32 version of Vim you can use this tip to search + the Jdk help for the keyword under the cursor. +You need the winhlp32 version of the Jdk docs from this URL - <A +HREF="http://www.confluent.fr/javadoc/indexe.html.">http://www.confluent.fr/javadoc/indexe.html.</A><BR> +It is a 16mb D/L and approx 85mb unzipped! + +I added a command to the popup menu :amenu PopUp.JavaHelp :!start winhlp32 +-k <cword> F:\jdk\winhelp\JDK13.HLP <CR + +And also made a keymapping map J :!start winhlp32 -k <cword> +F:\jdk\winhelp\JDK13.HLP <CR> + +Trivial yes, but I find it quite useful. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Some +tips for using Vim to write Lisp code</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=233">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=233</A><BR> + +For some tips on how to use Vim for writing Lisp code, see <A +HREF="http://www.lisp-p.org/i000/15-vim.">http://www.lisp-p.org/i000/15-vim.</A><BR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Vi(M) +Command Line tips & tricks</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=234">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=234</A><BR> + +Hi VIMMERs + +These tips save me wearing out my delicate little fingers with unnecessary +keystrokes. They assume Unix, but I also use them on a Windows Unix Shell +(MKS) as well + +# When I know the file i want to edit is the most recent file in a directory + +alias -x vew='vi `l\s -t * | head -1 `' + +#When I know the file I want to edit contains a unique keyword #this is +actually in a little shell script call ed vg where the keyword is passed as +parameter $1 #/bin/sh #name vg vi.exe $(grep -isl $1 *) & + +# some variations alias -x vp='vi `l\s -t *.@(pl|cgi)| head -1 `' + +#execute the most recent script (I call this from within VIM with a mapped +button) alias -x xew='`l\s -t *.pl | head -1 `' + +Cheers zzapper + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Toggle +highlight word under cursor, to find cursor.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=235">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=235</A><BR> + +When the screen has scrolled such as during a search, it may be difficult to +find the cursor. :help %# explains the pattern one can use to highlight the +word around the cursor, which gives a bigger target to look for on the screen. +I have this in my .vimrc: + +function VIMRCWhere() + if !exists("s:highlightcursor") + match Todo /\k*\%#\k*/ let s:highlightcursor=1 + else + match None unlet s:highlightcursor + endif +endfunction map <C-K> :call VIMRCWhere()<CR> + +This means that in "normal" mode ctrl-k will toggle the highlight. Todo is +a hightlight group whch is particularly easy to see. For further information +see ":help s:", ":help match", ":help exists()" and ":help funtion". + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Menu +for inserting special characters</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=236">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=236</A><BR> + +First, thanks for the script printascii.vim. + +When looking at the ascii table, I found some characters I'd like to have +inserted when editing. Add the following lines in your _gvimrc and you +can select them via menu. (change the names of the menu if you don't have +German installed or don't like my titles). I also made some abbreviations +to get separation lines in documentation or code files, e.g. abb dotlin +……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………^M +abb cdotlin +/*…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………*/^M +abb fdotlin +•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••^M +abb cfdotlin +/*•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••*/^M abb +dlin =======================================================================^M +abb cdlin +/*===================================================================*/^M abb +lin -----------------------------------------------------------------------^M +abb clin +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------*/^M abb +ulin _______________________________________________________________________^M +abb culin +/*___________________________________________________________________*/^M abb +Ulin ¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯^M +abb cUlin +/*¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯¯*/^M + +(you have to substitute ^M with CTRL_V CTRL_M or delete it) + +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.open\ angle\ « +<C-R>=nr2char(171)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.open\ +angle\ « a<C-R>=nr2char(171)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.close\ angle\ » +<C-R>=nr2char(187)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.close\ +angle\ » a<C-R>=nr2char(187)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.start\ mark\ „ +<C-R>=nr2char(132)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.start\ +mark\ „ a<C-R>=nr2char(132)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.end\ mark\ \ ” +<C-R>=nr2char(148)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.end\ +mark\ \ ” a<C-R>=nr2char(148)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.fat\ dot\ \ • +<C-R>=nr2char(149)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.fat\ +dot\ \ • a<C-R>=nr2char(149)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.etc\ \ \ … +<C-R>=nr2char(133)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.etc\ +\ \ … a<C-R>=nr2char(133)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.!underscore\ \ ¯ +<C-R>=nr2char(175)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.!underscore\ +\ ¯ a<C-R>=nr2char(175)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.copyright\ \ © +<C-R>=nr2char(169)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.copyright\ +\ © a<C-R>=nr2char(169)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.paragraph\ \ § +<C-R>=nr2char(167)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.paragraph\ +\ § a<C-R>=nr2char(167)<CR><ESC> +20imenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.noitamalcxe\ ¡ +<C-R>=nr2char(161)<CR> 20nmenu Editieren.Sonderzeichen.noitamalcxe\ +¡ a<C-R>=nr2char(161)<CR><ESC> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>If +you prefer vertical splits</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=237">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=237</A><BR> + +This is just in case there's somebody else who likes to work in a maximized +vim window on a high resolution desktop. If you follow good coding practice +and make sure your programs use only 80 characters in each row, have you +noticed how much space lies unused on the right? + +I find that the following settings keep me from ever seeing another horizontal +split, unless I specifically ask for it. + +cabbrev split vsplit cabbrev hsplit split cabbrev sta vertical sta cabbrev +help vertical help cabbrev new vnew cabbrev right botright + +; A more heavyweight solution for ^W^] function! ToggleSplit (dir) + let currFname = bufname ("%") let old = winnr () + + " Window navigation to ensure the correct window is 'last'. if (a:dir == + "u") + wincmd k let back="j" + elseif (a:dir == "d") + wincmd j let back="k" + elseif (a:dir == "l") + wincmd h let back="l" + elseif (a:dir == "r") + wincmd l let back="h" + endif + + if (winnr () == old) + echo "Ouch" return + endif + + exec "wincmd " . back + + quit + + if (back == "j" || back == "k") + let orientation = "vsplit" + else + let orientation = "split" + endif + + if (back == "j" || back == "l") + let dir = "below" + else + let dir = "above" + endif + + exec dir . " " . orientation " " . currFname +endfunction noremap ^W^] ^W^]:silent call ToggleSplit ("d")<CR> + +; Optional. set splitright ; In which case the above mapping becomes: noremap +^W^] :set splitbelow<CR>^W^]:silent call ToggleSplit ("u")<CR>:set +nosplitbelow<CR> ; Or you could just set splitbelow ; :-) + +; Very elegant and almost perfect, but it screws up if you want to run a +command with ranges :-) ;noremap : :vertical<Space> + +; EOF + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Very +basic session persistence</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=238">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=238</A><BR> + +I use the following code in my plugins dir to ease session persistance. If +I want my session to persist I use :mks! and then whenever I open the +Session.vim file, my session is restored. If I am working from a restored +session and I close VIM, the session is saved automatically. Drawback is +that it makes editing the Session.vim file a bit cumbersome ;) + + au BufRead Session.vim so % au VimLeave * call SaveCurrentSession() + + function! SaveCurrentSession() + if v:this_session != "" + exe "mksession! " . v:this_session + endif + endfunction + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>map shift-up and shift-down</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=239">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=239</A><BR> + +You can make Vim scroll the text using the shifted up/down arrows, sort +of like your browser (except with shifted keys :), by mapping Shift-Up to +Ctrl-Y and Shift-Down to Ctrl-E. + + map <s-Down> <C-E> map <s-Up> <C-Y> + +Shift-Down will then scroll down (like moving a scroll-bar down, or like +moving a cursor at the bottom of a window down), and Shift-Up will then +scroll up (like moving a scroll-bar up, etc). + +If you'd rather think about the text moving down/up instead of the cursor +moving up/down, you can of course swap the mappings. + +If you normally use j and k for cursor movement, and rarely use the arrow +keys, you can map the arrow keys directly, in which case I'd probably map +the shifted arrow keys back to cursor movement: + + map <down> <c-e> map <up> <c-y> map <s-down> + j map <s-up> k + +See :help ctrl-e, :help ctrl-y, and :help key-mapping. + +See also :help i_ctrl-o and :help map-modes for how to set up these mappings +for use in other modes (like insert mode :). + +(Vim by default maps s-Down and s-Up to Ctrl-F and Ctrl-B, for both normal and +visual mode. Keep this in mind if you change some of the above mappings to +"nmap", 'cause you'll probably also want to look in to "vmap".) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Hideall for Vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=240">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=240</A><BR> + +Xemacs has a hide all function which can make all the function in your C file a +fold and close them. And here is something small to achieve similiar under Vim. + +func! HideAll() + syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold syn sync fromstart + set foldnestmax=1 set foldmethod=syntax +endfunc + +amenu Whatever.Hide\ all :call HideAll()<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>"Hide" Folding Markers</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=241">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=241</A><BR> + +I wanted to start using folding without having to get used to seeing the +(default) markers, a.k.a {{{ and }}}. So, here are 2 autocmd's that will +make them fade to black....bg=black fg=black + +au BufRead,BufNewfile * syn match fmrkr '"*{{{\|"*}}}' | + \ syn cluster vimCommentGroup contains=fmrkr | + \ hi fmrkr term=NONE guibg=black guifg=black \ + ctermbg=black ctermfg=black + +au BufRead,BufNewfile * syn match fmrkr '"*{{{\|"*}}}' + \ containedin=vimLineComment contained | + \ hi fmrkr term=NONE guibg=black guifg=black \ + ctermbg=black ctermfg=black + +They both accomplish the same thing, but with different methods, so simply pick +one and see those annoying (at least to me) markers fade away. I just tried +it out with vim files, but you can easily modify it for any other filetypes. + +Thanks to Colin's lead with ':help c-syntax' for the 1st au. Thanks to +Benji's lead with ':help containedin' for the 2nd au. Understanding most +of the syntax.txt document file would also be helpful. + +To figure out what highlighting group the Marker is in, I would suggest +using Chip's vimtip#99. + +Happy Vimming! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>The power of "\_" in reg-ex</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=242">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=242</A><BR> + +One of the most uncelebrated feature of vim 6.0 is the ability to span a +search across multiple lines. + +\_^ maps a begining of line anywhere in search pattern. \_$ ---"----- end +----------------------"-------------------------. \_s ---"------ space +------------"------------------------- . + +e.g /{\_s will map all white spaces and new-line chars after a "{" + +The \_ can be appended to other objects as well. such as \_U, \_L, \_. (this +one's risky) . + +See :help pattern for more details. Njoy + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Develop vim modules on Win</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=243">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=243</A><BR> + +We're trying to develop txt2pdf.vim <A +HREF="http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=283 on +Win.">http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=283 +on Win.</A><BR> It's a very simple module to save the +current file and convert it to PDF using our txt2pdf tool <A +HREF="http://www.sanface.com/txt2pdf.html">http://www.sanface.com/txt2pdf.html</A><BR> +On our Windows 2000 we've developed it. It works good. Today we've tested +the module on Linux. Surprise: it doesn't work. Default Win Vim configure +save on Win text in Win way: EOL \r\n. A Vim module made in this way can't +work on Linux (probably on every Unix OS). If you want to make a Vim module +on Win and you want it can work also on Unix (we hope the same rula can work +also on different OS) you've to save the Vim module with Unix EOL (\n). + +Please send us (sanface@sanface.com) your notes about other OS (e.g. OpenVMS). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Ask +vim where an option was set.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=244">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=244</A><BR> + + When things go wrong, it is sometimes hard to figure out why. + For example, +an option might be set in the system vimrc file, in a personal vimrc file, +in a plugin (global or local), or interactively. Vim will tell you where +the current value was set if you ask: + +:verbose set history? + +will tell you the current value of the 'history' option, and where it was set. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Working +with Unicode (platform-independent)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=245">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=245</A><BR> + +Here are the main options you will want to set if you want to work with +Unicode files in (g)vim (see at bottom what help tags to look for) + +if has("multi_byte") + set encoding=utf-8 " how vim shall represent + characters internally setglobal fileencoding=utf-8 " empty is + also OK (defaults to same as 'encoding'). Or you may want to set one + of the ucs encodings (which + " may use less disk + space if you use + only "alphabetic" + scripts such as + Latin, Greek, + Cyrillic, Hebrew + or Arabic, and " + not "ideographic" + scripts like + Chinese, Japanese + or Korean. With + the ucs encodings + it is usually better + set bomb " to also set 'bomb' + on ('byte-order-mark" option, irrelevant for utf-8 but not for + ucs) set termencoding=iso-8859-15 " or whatever is appropriate + to your locale (iso-8859-15 is Latin1 + Euro currency sign) set + fileencodings=ucs-bom,iso-8859-15,iso-8859-3,utf-8 + " or whatever is appropriate to the kinds of files you want to + edit " 'fileencodings' defines the heuristic to set 'fillencoding' + (local to buffer) when reading an existing file. The first one that + matches will be used. " ucs-bom is "ucs with byte-order-mark"; + it must not come after ucs-8 if you want it to be used +else + echoerr "Sorry, this version of (g)vim was not compiled with +multi_byte" +endif + +In "replace" mode, one utf character (one or more data bytes) replaces one +utf character (which need not use the same number of bytes) In "normal" mode, +ga shows the character under the cursor as text, decimal, octal and hex; g8 +shows which byte(s) is/are used to represent it In "insert" or "replace" mode, + - any character defined on your keyboard can be entered the usual way (even + with dead keys if you have them, e.g. âêîôû äëïöü) - any character which + has a "digraph" (there are a huge lot of them, see :dig after setting + enc=utf-8) can be entered with a Ctrl-K prefix - any utf character at + all can be entered with a Ctrl-V prefix, either <Ctrl-V> u aaaa + or <Ctrl-V> U bbbbbbbb, with 0 <= aaaa <= FFFF, or 0 <= + bbbbbbbb <= 7FFFFFFF + +Unicode can be used to create html "body text", at least for Netscape 6 and +probably for IE; but on my machine it doesn't display properly as "title text" +(i.e., between <title></title> tags in the <head> part). + +Gvim will display it properly if you have the fonts for it, provided that +you set 'guifont' to some fixed-width font which has the glyphs you want +to use (Courier New is OK for French, German, Greek, Russian and more, +but I'm not sure about Hebrew or Arabic; its glyphs are of a more "fixed" +width than those of, e.g. Lucida Console: the latter can be annoying if you +need bold Cyrillic writing). + +see: + +:h utf8 :h 'enc' :h 'fenc' :h 'fencs' :h 'tenc' :h 'bomb' :h 'guifont' +:h ga :h g8 :h i_Ctrl-V_digit + +Happy Vimming ! Tony. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Working +with Unicode (the same, rewritten for legibility)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=246">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=246</A><BR> + +1. Where to look for help ------------------------- :h utf8 :h encoding-values +:h 'enc' :h 'fenc' :h 'fencs' :h 'tenc' :h 'bomb' :h 'guifont' :h ga :h g8 +:h :dig :h i_Ctrl-V_digit :h has() + +2. What to do (These are *examples*. Modify them to suit your work +environment.) ------------- if has("multi_byte") + set encoding=utf-8 setglobal fileencoding=utf-8 + set bomb set termencoding=iso-8859-15 set + fileencodings=ucs-bom,iso-8859-15,iso-8859-3,utf-8 +else + echoerr "Sorry, this version of (g)vim was not compiled with +multi_byte" +endif + +3. What the above does ---------------------- * has("multi_byte") checks if +you have the right options compiled-in. If you haven't got what it takes, +it's no use trying to use Unicode. + +* 'encoding' sets how vim shall represent characters internally. Utf-8 is +necessary for most flavors of Unicode. + +* 'fileencoding' sets the encoding for a particular file (local to buffer); +:setglobal sets the default value. An empty value can also be used: it defaults +to same as 'encoding'. Or you may want to set one of the ucs encodings, It +might make the same disk file bigger or smaller depending on your particular +mix of characters. Also, IIUC, utf-8 is always big-endian (high bit first) +while ucs can be big-endian or little-endian, so if you use it, you will +probably need to set 'bomb" (see below). + +* 'bomb' (boolean): if set, vim will put a "byte order mark" at the start +of ucs files. This option is irrelevant for most non-ucs files (utf-8, +iso-8859, etc.) + +* 'termencoding' defines how your keyboard encodes what you type. The value +you put there will depend on your locale: iso-8859-15 is Latin1 + Euro currency +sign, but you may want something else for, say, an Eastern European keyboard. + +* 'fileencodings' defines the heuristic to set 'fileencoding' (local to buffer) +when reading an existing file. The first one that matches will be used (and, +IIUC, if there is no match, Vim falls back on Latin1). Ucs-bom is "ucs with +byte-order-mark"; it must not come after utf-8 if you want it to be used. + +4. Additional remarks --------------------- * In "replace" mode, one utf +character (one or more data bytes) replaces one utf character (which need +not use the same number of bytes) + +* In "normal" mode, ga shows the character under the cursor as text, decimal, +octal and hex; g8 shows which byte(s) is/are used to represent it. + +* In "insert" or "replace" mode, + - any character defined on your keyboard can be entered the usual way + (even with dead keys if you have them, e.g. French circumflex, German + umlaut, etc.); - any character which has a "digraph" (there are a huge lot + of them, see :dig after setting enc=utf-8) can be entered with a Ctrl-K + prefix; - any utf character at all can be entered with a Ctrl-V prefix, + either <Ctrl-V> u aaaa or <Ctrl-V> U bbbbbbbb, with 0 <= + aaaa <= FFFF, or 0 <= bbbbbbbb <= 7FFFFFFF. + +* Unicode can be used to create html "body text", at least for Netscape 6 and +probably for IE; but on my machine it doesn't display properly as "title text" +(i.e., between <title></title> tags in the <head> part). + +* Gvim will display it properly if you have the fonts for it, provided +that you set 'guifont' to some fixed-width font which has the glyphs you +want to use (Courier New is OK for French, German, Greek, Russian and more, +but I'm not sure about Hebrew or Arabic; its glyphs are of a more "fixed" +width than those of, e.g. Lucida Console: the latter can be awkward if you +need bold Cyrillic writing). + +Happy Vimming ! Tony. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Preexisting code indentation</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=247">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=247</A><BR> + +Using tabs as elementary unit in your code indentation has two advantages: +first, you may modify 'tabstop' and immediately all the indentations depths +are modified according to it; second, your file will be smaller. + +But how can we change some already-written code in order to convert spaces +to tabs. Very simple! Suppose your old code has an indentation unit of +2 spaces :ret! 2 :x will replace every 2-spaces to one tab, independently +from your current tabstop value, and will save the modified file. Then, +if you open again the file with tabstop=2, the file will look as before but +it will be smaller. If you open the file with tabstop=4, the code vill have +a more indented look, and so on... + +Cheers! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Auto-save +the current buffer periodically.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=248">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=248</A><BR> + +I have no idea if this was implemented in vim 5.3 or not, but you can +definitely do the following kludge in 6.x by using CursorHold and +localtime: + +- When you start reading a file, set a buffer variable to the current + time: + + au BufRead,BufNewFile * let b:start_time=localtime() + +- Set a CursorHold event to check to see if enough time has elapsed + since the last save and save if not: + + au CursorHold * call UpdateFile() + +- Define a function to save the file if needed: + + " only write if needed and update the start time after the save + function! UpdateFile() + if ((localtime() - b:start_time) >= 60) + update let b:start_time=localtime() + else + echo "Only " . (localtime() - b:start_time) . " seconds have elapsed + so far." + endif + endfunction + +- Reset the start time explicitly after each save. + + au BufWritePre * let b:start_time=localtime() + +Obviously, you should get rid of the else portion once you're certain +that this does indeed do what you wanted. + +The thing to note is that the CursorHold will only fire after +'updatetime' milliseconds of inactivity have elapsed. So, if you type +rapidly for one and a half minutes non-stop, it won't actually save +anything until you STOP activity long enough. This may be what you want +anyway because it won't interrupt your activity with a forced save. + +The actual save-delay can be changed from '60' to another number (in seconds) +or a variable or anything like that. This entire functionality can be easily +wrapped inside a nice script which enables/disables this on a per-buffer basis +(maybe with maps etc.). If desired, I can provide that also. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Quickly +insert #if 0 - #endif around block of code</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=249">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=249</A><BR> + +One of my favorite macros that I use in vim (and vi) inserts a #if 0 #endif +sandwich around a block of code. I always map this to the 2 key sequence ;' +which is the semi-colon followed by the single quote. Look at your keyboard, +you will notice these keys are adjacent to one another. I like this mapping +because it's very fast, my fingers easily roll from one key to the next, +obviously YMMV. + +To use this mapping, go to the line of code that you want the '#if 0' to be +on, type ma to mark this line with the marker a, then move to the line that +should be last line just above the '#endif' and press ;' + + " insert #if 0 - #endif around block of code map ;' mz'aO<Esc>i#if + 0<Esc>'zo<Esc>i#endif<Esc> + +-- David Thompson dat1965@yahoo.com + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>One big window</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=250">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=250</A><BR> + +If you like to see your files in fullscreen, and you have to edit more files, +you can do the following. * Use only one window * Open further files with :e * +type :nm <A-Up> :bp!<CR> * type :nm <A-Down> :bn!<CR> +* type :nm <C-F4> :bd!<CR> You can of course change the keys. +Now to switch between windows, you can press Alt-Up, and Alt-Down (Just in +the GUI, if you use console, don't use Alt key) Another idea is to map them +to Ctrl-Tab, and Ctrl-Shift-Tab To close the current file you can press Ctrl-F4 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>align +#endif with corresponding #if/#ifdef</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=251">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=251</A><BR> + +If you try to impose any sort of alignment on your preprocessor directives, +rather than just starting them on column 0, this mapping will align the #endif +'correctly' when you type '#en', start a new line, and bring you back to +the correct alignment to edit code. + +inoremap <buffer> #en +X<BS><Esc>?#if<CR>"zy0^Og0"zpDa#endif<CR>X<BS><Esc>?#end?-1<CR>^"zy0^O0"zpDa + +I am reasonably sure this is insensitive to vim options... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>python +script to align statements</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=252">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=252</A><BR> + +i know there's some awk scripts out there that do the same thing, and if i +were a real trooper i would have written this in vims internal language but... + +i wrote a python script to align statements. + +i put this in my .vimrc: map L :!lineUp.py<cr> " of course lineUp.py +is somewhere in my path + +and i have this python file somewhere in my path: <A +HREF="http://ophinity.com/res/dotFiles/lineUp.py">http://ophinity.com/res/dotFiles/lineUp.py</A><BR> + +so now i can just pipe the offending lines thru my code: :5, 10 !lineUp.py +or using the mapping above, visually select the lines and press 'L' + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>The +power of | (v75|r- actually...)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=253">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=253</A><BR> + +'|' as you may well be aware is the goto column motion, and that "75|" +will place your cursor on column 75 of the current line. + +That in itself is pretty handy at times, but some true power arises when +used in conjuction with visual mode and replace. Or you could just say a +sneaky trick :) + +v75|r- will repace from the cursor to the end of line with '-' *breakdown* +v to turn on visual mode 75 for the count | *bar* to goto column r to enter +repace - to specify the char to replace. + +A handy and quick way to make a noticable section of your code (or whatever). + +A handy way to use this (formated to just drop into DrChip's CStubs): "// +-[Feral]--------------------------------------------------------------- +"// <cursor> + elseif wrd == "//" + exe "norm! a + -[AuthorId]\<esc>$lv75|r-$a\<cr>\<esc>$a " + +"// -[Feral:146/02@08:31]-------------------------------------------------- +"// <cursor> + elseif wrd == "///" + exe "norm! s + -[AuthorId:\<C-R>=strftime('%j/%y@%H:%M')\<CR>]\<esc>$lv75|r-$a\<cr>\<esc>$a + " + +"/* -[Feral:146/02@08:31]-------------------------------------------------- +" * <cursor> " * +-------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + elseif wrd == "/*" + exe "norm! a + -[AuthorId:\<C-R>=strftime('%j/%y@%H:%M')\<CR>]\<esc>$lv75|r-$a\<cr>\<cr>\<esc>2lv72|r-$a + */\<esc>k$a " + +Have to love VIM! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +\%[] to easily match parts of a word.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=254">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=254</A><BR> + +This code fragment is suitable to drop into DrChip's CStubs. +After much searching I was unable to find a tip nor script +number to referance, I believe where I found Dr. Chip's CStubs originally : <A +HREF="http://users.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/drcstubs.vim">http://users.erols.com/astronaut/vim/vimscript/drcstubs.vim</A><BR> +Thank you Dr. Chip! (= + +If you have ever wanted to match parts of a word you may have considered +something like: if wrd == "re" || wrd == "ret" || wrd == "retu" || wrd == +"retur" + "do something + +Althought the above works well enough it is a pain to maintain and add new +words (not to mention its just a touch messy ;) ) + +A more elegant (and easier to use I believe) method would be to use \%[] +as part of a pattern. + +For instance, "\\<re\\%[tur]\\>" will match "re", "ret", "retu" or +"retur" + +*breakdown* \\< = start of word re = first letters of word we want to +require to match \\%[tur] = optionally match chars bewteen the braces, +i.e. 't', 'tu' or 'tur' \\> = end of word + +So, we can use this as a pattern for match like so (In DrChip's CStubs) + +elseif match(wrd, "\\<re\\%[tur]\\>") > -1 + exe "norm! bdWireturn\<Esc>" + +Which, I think, is a little better than the longer alternative: " vs elseif +wrd == "re" || wrd == "ret" || wrd == "retu" || wrd == "retur" + exe "norm! bdWireturn\<Esc>" + +Just another one of those VIM things that made me smile :) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>arbitrary tags for file names</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=255">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=255</A><BR> + +This definitely work on linux and there is probably some windows equivalent. +I've started working with tomcat and many many .jsp files. I find this +trick to be very helpful. + +find -name '*.jsp' -printf '%f\t%P\t1\n' |sort > jsp.tags + +This will create a file called jsp.tags with tag entries for each .jsp file. +Within Vim I use + +:set tags+=jsp.tags + +Now I can to simple :tag file.jsp to quickly switch b/w the many, many +.jsp files. + +One important note. The utility sort will use the value of LC_COLLATE to sort +according to your locale. This will give Vim issues. So try "LC_COLLATE=C +sort" instead of plain "sort" + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Opening +current Vim file in your Windows browser</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=256">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=256</A><BR> + +Hi Vimmers + +open current file in browser + +map ,f :update<CR>:silent !start c:\progra~1\intern~1\iexplore.exe +file://%:p<CR> + +open http link under cursor in your browser + +map ,i :update<CR>: !start c:\progra~1\intern~1\iexplore.exe +<cWORD><CR> + +Note use of cWORD (not cword) meaning OUTER Word + +Works for me in XP & 98 (Original came from a posting by Ralf Arens) + +zzapper + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>fast page up/down.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=257">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=257</A><BR> + +i discovered a cool way to move between pages of the same document in vim +6.1. press a number in -normal mode- and the page up/down. the document +will move with that number of pages up/down.if the number is greater that +the nr of pages, document will move to begin/end of file. i didn't test it +on other version. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>how +long is the current word?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=258">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=258</A><BR> + +ever wondered how long the current word is? this can be quite useful when +editing data files. simply add the following to your .vimrc + +nmap <C-_> :echo 'word' expand("<cword>") ' wordlen =' +strlen(expand("<cword>"))<CR> + +and it will tell you the word under the cursor, and how long it is. + +and for things that arent words, this addition to your .vimrc works on +sections of a line that have been hightligted in visual mode + +vmap <C-_> "-y:echo 'word' @- ' wordlen =' strlen(@-)<CR> + +again you see the "word", and its length this may also work on vim 5.x, +but i havent checked to make sure. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>removing +the toolbar (icons) from gvim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=259">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=259</A><BR> + +Change good or bad usually encounters interia from people in excepting it. +gvim 6.0 is the first version that introduced the icons shortcut in shape +of a toolbar under the menu. when we upgraded to the new and improved vim +6.1 from vim 5.7 some of people in our company encountered some problems +with their syntax highlighting and some of them objected on the new toolbar +which displayed icons for some common tasks for people more used to GUI. + +I finally figured out how to remove this new feature since I also didn't +see much use for it + +Here is for all those who haven't figured it out yet + +In your .gvimrc include the following two lines + +unmenu ToolBar unmenu! ToolBar + +Doing this from an open gvim does not remove them but grays them out but +doing from gvimrc does the job + +I was also trying to remove the menus at the top and almost succeeded with +a similar technique but somehow the Buffer menu item stays there no matter +what. IMHO it is a bug but it could very well be a feature ;) + +I tried this + +unmenu * unmenu! * + +even added this line after the above two but didn't help unmenu Buffers + +I hope this benefits you all as much as I have benefitted from all your tips + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>gvim-->mouse-->popup menu</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=260">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=260</A><BR> + +This tip is for those who prefer to do some of the common operations like +cut/copy/paste etc using mouse. All u have to do is + + :set mousemodel=popup + +by this u get a popup menu on right click of your mouse and u can do all +the common operations like undo, cut, copy, paste, select etc using mouse. + +u can also customise your popup menu by editing $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Close +windows from Gvim poup menu</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=261">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=261</A><BR> + +To close windows from the popup menu add these lines to your .gvimrc + +:amenu PopUp.Close.\ Window :confirm close<CR> :amenu PopUp.Close.\ +Other :confirm only<CR> + +You obviously need ':set mousemodel=popup' in your .gvimrc as well :=) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Bored +of ur arrow shapped mouseptr?</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=262">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=262</A><BR> + +here is how u can change the shape of ur mouseptr in gvim. + +:set mouseshape=n:pencil + +this will change the shape of the mouseptr to pencil in normal mode. u can +choose different shapes for different modes. see :h mouseshape + +Want more shapes? + +Then look for the file cursorfont.h in ur X11/ directory. This file contains +lots of cursor shape #define definitions, like . #define XC_heart 62 . +now :set mouseshape=n:62 will set the shape of the mouseptr to heart in +normal mode. + +-ncr + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>color active line</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=263">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=263</A><BR> + +This tip shows how to color the active line, the line in which the cursor +is, for better reading. You should try possibility 2 before 1, IMHO it is +mostly usable. + +possibility 1: + :au! CursorHold * let @/ = '\%' . line('.') . 'l.*' :set ut=500 + +explanation: + After 500 ms of waiting for you to hit a key, vim sets the search + register to a pattern that matches the current line. + +problem: + Register / holds the search pattern, so you cannot have color the active + line and search. Therefore another solution: + +possibility 2: + :highlight CurrentLine guibg=darkgrey guifg=white (or whatever + colors you want) :au! Cursorhold * exe 'match CurrentLine /\%' + . line('.') . 'l.*/' :set ut=100 + +explanation: + This solution uses 'match' to highlight a string, it does not interface + with the current search pattern. + +addition: + Turning the highlighning off: + :au! Cursorhold :match none + The order of these commands are important. If :match none is executed + first, the autocommand would almost immediately execute another match + command. + +references to vim help: + :help Cursorhold :help 'ut' :help /\%l :help "/ :help \% + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>F5 +Compile and Run, F8 Compile (ala Visual Studio)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=264">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=264</A><BR> + +I love vim, it's my default editor on my Sun, Windows, Linux and *BSD boxen. +That said, I hate having to flip windows to compile while doing the +write->compile->debug loop. + +If you're used to Visual Studio and the ability it has to just hit F5 to +compile and run the current file or F8 to compile or step through the code +you'll appreciate this... + +This is my Windows version of this scriplet/tiplet. For other platforms, +you'll want to change the IF ELSE loops. You should actually never see +the "Unsuccessful" message from the compile/run loop unless the compiler +completely bombs out. This is from my _vimrc... + +map <F5> :call CompileRunGcc()<CR> + +map <F8> : call CompileGcc()<CR> + +func! CompileRunGcc() + exec "w" "Save the file exec "!gcc % -o %< && cr 10 && IF + EXIST %<.exe (%<) ELSE banner -c = Compile Unsuccessful + " exec "i" "jump back where we were + + +endfunc + +func! CompileGcc() + exec "w" exec "!gcc % -o %< && IF EXIST %<.exe (cr 5 && + banner -c # Success) ELSE banner -c # Compile Unsuccessful + " exec "i" + +endfunc + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Fast help in full window</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=265">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=265</A><BR> + +You can get fast access to help by writing small script + +#!/bin/bash vim -c "help $1" -c only + +now name it eg. vih and from cl + +$ vih makeprg + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>use -S command line switch</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=266">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=266</A><BR> + +The -S switch could be used to simplify common idiom: start Vim and source +a script file: gvim -c ":so foobar.vim" got translated into gvim -S foobar.vim + +Yes, this tip is trivial but I still see the -c ":so x" way too often. Time +to update your mind! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>selectively displaying abbreviations</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=267">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=267</A><BR> + +Hi Vimmers, abbreviations have always been one of the most useful parts of +vi(m), trouble is when you've got too many you forgot what you called them. + +You can of course list the whole lot with + +:ab<cr> + +But did you know that you can type the first few letters of your abbreviations +and get a list of just thos abs eg + +:ab php<cr> gives me all my php abs & :ab perl<cr> gives me all +my perls + +also try control-D instrad of <cr> + +zzapper + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Get cursor +position as byte percentage instead of line percentage</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=268">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=268</A><BR> + +On line 300 of a thousand line file, Vim will show you that you're 30% +through the file. But what if most of the lines have one character in them, +and some of them have twenty thousand? Sometimes it comes in handy to know +your percentage through the file in terms of current-byte / total-bytes. +I looked through the Vim docs and couldn't find a way to do this, so I wrote +a Vim function to show it. + +Put this in your .vimrc: + +function! Percent() + let byte = line2byte( line( "." ) ) + col( "." ) - 1 let size = (line2byte( + line( "$" ) + 1 ) - 1) " return byte . " " . size . " " . (byte * 100) + / size return (byte * 100) / size +endfunction + +(Uncomment the first return to see intermediate values.) + +And put this somewhere in your "set statusline=...": + + %{Percent()}%% + +See "help statusline", "help eval". + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Syntax highlighting +is "out of sync", seems to correct itself with refresh ??</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=269">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=269</A><BR> + +This one has come across the 'vim' users mailing list many times, and probably +comp.editors as well... + +Summary: see :help :syn-sync and search for 'sync' in your favorite syntax +file in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax + +Long Version: The syntax highlight code utilizes a certain synchronization +method to efficiently figure out syntax highlighting, specifically if you +aren't at the very beginning or end of a file. The specific setting is 'syntax +sync'. For various file types the method is set by default in this is setup +in the syntax file and one can vary the degree of trouble which VIM goes to to +try and figure this out. As an example for C, from $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim: + +if exists("c_minlines") + let b:c_minlines = c_minlines +else + if !exists("c_no_if0") + let b:c_minlines = 50 " #if 0 constructs can be long + else + let b:c_minlines = 15 " mostly for () constructs + endif +endif exec "syn sync ccomment cComment minlines=" . b:c_minlines + +Where c_minlines is the minimum number of lines that VIM goes backward to try +to find the start of a comment for syntax highlighting. If that line which +starts a comment is outside of that range, highlighting will appear wrong. + +You can easily set up something like this in your .vimrc: let c_minlines=500 +or even bigger, but realize that it is a performance trade-off and that +syntax highlighting will slow things down. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Insert a single character</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=270">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=270</A><BR> + +Using Insert mode to insert a single character feels clumsy (you need 3 +keypresses for one character), so here's a slightly easier way: + +:nmap <space> i_<esc>r + +Now, when in Normal mode, just press space followed by what it is you want +to insert. + +BUG: Repeating the insertion with . doesn't work. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>easy +(un)commenting out of source code</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=271">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=271</A><BR> + +Something that I do quite alot is comment out blocks of text, only to uncomment +that same block later. The following mappings have proven useful to me. They +can be applied using visually selected blocks, or with motion keys. + +" lhs comments map ,# :s/^/#/<CR> map ,/ :s/^/\/\//<CR> map ,> +:s/^/> /<CR> map ," :s/^/\"/<CR> map ,% :s/^/%/<CR> +map ,! :s/^/!/<CR> map ,; :s/^/;/<CR> map ,- :s/^/--/<CR> +map ,c :s/^\/\/\\|^--\\|^> \\|^[#"%!;]//<CR> + +" wrapping comments map ,* :s/^\(.*\)$/\/\* \1 \*\//<CR> map ,( +:s/^\(.*\)$/\(\* \1 \*\)/<CR> map ,< :s/^\(.*\)$/<!-- +\1 -->/<CR> map ,d :s/^\([/(]\*\\|<!--\) \(.*\) +\(\*[/)]\\|-->\)$/\2/<CR> + +The commands to comment a selection of text are as follows, begining with +begining-of-line comments: + + ,# shell, perl, etc ,/ c++ ,> email quote ," vim ,% + latex, prolog ,! assembly?... add single ! ,; scheme ,- + don't remember this one... add -- ,c clears any of the previous + comments + +Here are the wrapping comments, each line wrapped individually: + + ,* c ,( Standard ML ,< html ,d clears any of + the wrapping comments + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>automaticaly +formating pasted text (p=`])</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=272">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=272</A><BR> + +In times past I used a nice editor that had the neat feature of automatically +setting pasted text to the proper indent level. Recently I've begun to miss +this so I went looking in the help and camp up with.... + +=`] + +which will format to the end of the pasted text... Perfect to call right +after you past something as the cursor ends up at the top of the pasted text, +thus the mapping: + +:map <c-p> =`] + +" by the by the above may should be nmap and I am pretty sure c-p is unused, +your mileage will vary no doubt. + +However I wanted the formatting to automatically be done so it was two simple +(once I figured out how!) nnoremap: + +" [Feral:185/02@14:27] map c-p to what p was (past with no formatting), map +p to p and = to end of pasted text. :nnoremap p p=`] :nnoremap <c-p> p + +This simply (as the comment hints at) maps normal mode p to what p did (paste) +then = to `] (last character in the previously changed text). While ctrl+p +just does what p did. (just in case you find you don't want a bit of text +auto formatted.). + +reference: :h :nnoremap :h p :h = :h `] + +Whatever the name of this idea is, tis something I find handy :) + +Happy VIMing + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Fast +fixing of email quotations (too long lines)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=273">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=273</A><BR> + +When using VIM as your editor of choice, even for email processing - as I +do - it is often unpleasing how some MUA's quote the email body produced by +mailers such as Outlook. The lines often span across multiple visual lines +and its difficult to reply on certain parts of it. + +With VIM, you can quickly fix those quotations to maintain a proper 75 char +break. For example, when using Mutt, put this line in your .muttrc, or use +a custom .vimrc_mail for it: + +set editor="vim -c 'set fo=tcrq' -c 'set tw=76'" + +For other MUA's this has to be fitted. However, now, when your quoted email +is displayed, you can use this VIM sequence to fix it: + +1. move cursor to first line of broken paragraph 2. press 'V' and move to the +last line of the paragraph you want to fix 3. press 'g' and then 'q'. The +marked text will wrap around to your specified textwidth (76 in our case) +and the quotations will be preserved across the lines + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Some useful mappings for TeX</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=274">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=274</A><BR> + +You know, TeX requires a lot of additional formatting code. I'm tired of +opening and closing braces, brakets, + \beginning and \ending etc. I particularly hate typing \begin and \end. +To help myself and to save a few(not a few) keystrokes I naturaly came up to +some solutions, which I wish to share with other TeXnicians and TeXperts whhich +use Vim. "===============================cut here========================= +"=============== you can put it in ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex.vim +=============== " " Note: i_<C-L> " This constructs a skeleton of a TeX +environment. " You write a line like this: " floatingfigure:ht<C-L> +" and after you press <C-L>, you get: " " \begin[ht]{floatingfigure} +" " \end{floatingfigure} " -- INSERT -- " " where floatingfigure is the +desired environment " ht are options " : is delimiter; in fact, you can +use whatever delimiter you want " as long it is not in &iskeyword option. +inoremap <buffer> <C-L> + \:s/[^][:alnum:]<bar>]\+/,/eg + \I\begin{ea}[A]%d%%P \:s/\[,/[/e \:s/,]/]/e + \:s/\[]//e \0f{y%o\endpO +inoremap <buffer> { {}i inoremap <buffer> [ []i inoremap +<buffer> ^ ^{}i inoremap <buffer> _ _{}i inoremap <buffer> +\( \(\)hi inoremap <buffer> \[ \[\]hi + +" Note: v_<C-L> " For this to work, you have to write on a blank +line the name of " the desired environment and options (see i_<C-L>) +and visual select " (from top to bottom) this and following lines. " After +pressing <C-L> the selected lines will be surrounded " with begin/end +skeleton of the environment. vnoremap <buffer> <C-L> o + \:s/[^][:alnum:]<bar>]\+/,/eg + \I\begin{ea}[A]%d%%P \:s/\[,/[/e \:s/,]/]/e + \:s/\[]//e \0f{y%gvoo\endp +" vnoremap <buffer> { di{}P " vnoremap <buffer> +[ di[]P vnoremap <buffer> di^{}P vnoremap <buffer> di_{}P +vnoremap <buffer> \( di\(\)hP vnoremap <buffer> \[ di\[\]hP + +" This makes "two spaces after a comma" before every :write au BufWritePre +*.tex %s/,\(\S\)/, \1/ge + +"==================== You can put this in your ~/.vimrc +======================== " If cursor is inside braces and not before comma, +blank or opening brace, " exit the brace block and stay in insert mode. " +If cursor is outside braces, it inserts a space or perform an abbreviation +" as normal. function! CleverSpace() + let CharOnCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.')-2, 1) let + CharAfterCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.'), 1) if CharOnCursor + !~ ',\|\s\|(' && CharAfterCursor =~ ')\|]\|}' + normal x + endif +endfunction inoremap <Space> <Space>:call CleverSpace()<LF>a + +" I use the last function not only for LaTeX but also in C sources. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Some useful mappings for TeX</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=275">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=275</A><BR> + +You know, TeX requires a lot of additional formatting code. I'm tired of +opening and closing braces, brakets, + \beginning and \ending etc. I particularly hate typing \begin and \end. +To help myself and to save a few(not a few) keystrokes I naturaly came up to +some solutions, which I wish to share with other TeXnicians and TeXperts whhich +use Vim. "===============================cut here========================= +"=============== you can put it in ~/.vim/after/ftplugin/tex.vim +=============== " " Note: i_<C-L> " This constructs a skeleton of a TeX +environment. " You write a line like this: " floatingfigure:ht<C-L> +" and after you press <C-L>, you get: " " \begin[ht]{floatingfigure} +" " \end{floatingfigure} " -- INSERT -- " " where floatingfigure is the +desired environment " ht are options " : is delimiter; in fact, you can +use whatever delimiter you want " as long it is not in &iskeyword option. +inoremap <buffer> <C-L> + \:s/[^][:alnum:]<bar>]\+/,/eg + \I\begin{ea}[A]%d%%P \:s/\[,/[/e \:s/,]/]/e + \:s/\[]//e \0f{y%o\endpO +inoremap <buffer> { {}i inoremap <buffer> [ []i inoremap +<buffer> ^ ^{}i inoremap <buffer> _ _{}i inoremap <buffer> +\( \(\)hi inoremap <buffer> \[ \[\]hi + +" Note: v_<C-L> " For this to work, you have to write on a blank +line the name of " the desired environment and options (see i_<C-L>) +and visual select " (from top to bottom) this and following lines. " After +pressing <C-L> the selected lines will be surrounded " with begin/end +skeleton of the environment. vnoremap <buffer> <C-L> o + \:s/[^][:alnum:]<bar>]\+/,/eg + \I\begin{ea}[A]%d%%P \:s/\[,/[/e \:s/,]/]/e + \:s/\[]//e \0f{y%gvoo\endp +" vnoremap <buffer> { di{}P " vnoremap <buffer> +[ di[]P vnoremap <buffer> di^{}P vnoremap <buffer> di_{}P +vnoremap <buffer> \( di\(\)hP vnoremap <buffer> \[ di\[\]hP + +" This makes "two spaces after a comma" before every :write au BufWritePre +*.tex %s/,\(\S\)/, \1/ge + +"==================== You can put this in your ~/.vimrc +======================== " If cursor is inside braces and not before comma, +blank or opening brace, " exit the brace block and stay in insert mode. " +If cursor is outside braces, it inserts a space or perform an abbreviation +" as normal. function! CleverSpace() + let CharOnCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.')-2, 1) let + CharAfterCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.'), 1) if CharOnCursor + !~ ',\|\s\|(' && CharAfterCursor =~ ')\|]\|}' + normal x + endif +endfunction inoremap <Space> <Space>:call CleverSpace()<LF>a + +" I use the last function not only for LaTeX but also in C sources. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Function signature previewer</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=276">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=276</A><BR> + +Have you ever tried to call a function which parameters you have forgotten? +Especially those long named and with long parameter list GTK+ functions +like gtk_menu_item_image_from_stock_new(..........) !!! By accident I saw a +function in Vim help. It's name was PreviewWord and it allowed one to jump +in the preview window to the tag for the word cursor is on. I _slightly_ +modified this function not to need tags file, but to search included files +instead. I wrote another function, which uses the above said one, which +triggers PreviewWord when you open the parenthesis after a function name. +Here it is: " Note: " This is literally stolen from Vim help. The only +changes are: " (1) if w != "" becomes if w =~ "\k" " +(2) exe "silent! ptag " . w becomes exe "silent! psearch " . w " * +The first change prevents PreviewWord of searching while cursor is on some " +non-keyword characters, e.g. braces, asterisks, etc. function! PreviewWord() + if &previewwindow " don't do this in the + preview window + return + endif let w = expand("<cword>") " get the word under + cursor if w =~ "\k" " if there is one + ":ptag" to it + + " Delete any existing highlight before showing another tag + silent! wincmd P " jump to preview + window if &previewwindow " if we really + get there... + match none " delete existing + highlight wincmd p " back to + old window + endif + + " Try displaying a matching tag for the word under the cursor + let v:errmsg = "" exe "silent! psearch " . w if v:errmsg =~ + "tag not found" + return + endif + + silent! wincmd P " jump to preview + window if &previewwindow " if we really get + there... + if has("folding") + silent! .foldopen " don't want + a closed fold + endif call search("$", "b") " to end of + previous line let w = substitute(w, '\\', '\\\\', + "") call search('\<\V' . w . '\>') " + position cursor on match " Add a match highlight to + the word at this position hi previewWord term=bold + ctermbg=green guibg=green exe 'match previewWord "\%' + . line(".") . 'l\%' . col(".") . 'c\k*"' wincmd p + " back to old window + endif + endif +endfunction au! CursorHold *.[ch] nested call PreviewWord() + +" Note: " When you open a parenthesis after a function name, and +at the " line end, that function's definition is previewed through +PreviewWord(). " This is inspired from Delphi's CodeInsight technology. +" Something similar (PreviewClassMembers) could be written for " the C++ +users, for previewing the class members when you type " a dot after an +object name. " If somebody decides to write it, please, mail it to me. +function! PreviewFunctionSignature() + let CharOnCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.')-2, 1) if col(".") == + col("$") + call PreviewWord() + endif return "(" +endfunction inoremap <buffer> ( +<C-R>=PreviewFunctionSignature()<LF> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Function signature previewer</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=277">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=277</A><BR> + +Have you ever tried to call a function which parameters you have forgotten? +Especially those long named and with long parameter list GTK+ functions +like gtk_menu_item_image_from_stock_new(..........) !!! By accident I saw a +function in Vim help. It's name was PreviewWord and it allowed one to jump +in the preview window to the tag for the word cursor is on. I _slightly_ +modified this function not to need tags file, but to search included files +instead. I wrote another function, which uses the above said one, which +triggers PreviewWord when you open the parenthesis after a function name. +Here it is: " Note: " This is literally stolen from Vim help. The only +changes are: " (1) if w != "" becomes if w =~ "\k" " +(2) exe "silent! ptag " . w becomes exe "silent! psearch " . w " * +The first change prevents PreviewWord of searching while cursor is on some " +non-keyword characters, e.g. braces, asterisks, etc. function! PreviewWord() + if &previewwindow " don't do this in the + preview window + return + endif let w = expand("<cword>") " get the word under + cursor if w =~ "\k" " if there is one + ":ptag" to it + + " Delete any existing highlight before showing another tag + silent! wincmd P " jump to preview + window if &previewwindow " if we really + get there... + match none " delete existing + highlight wincmd p " back to + old window + endif + + " Try displaying a matching tag for the word under the cursor + let v:errmsg = "" exe "silent! psearch " . w if v:errmsg =~ + "tag not found" + return + endif + + silent! wincmd P " jump to preview + window if &previewwindow " if we really get + there... + if has("folding") + silent! .foldopen " don't want + a closed fold + endif call search("$", "b") " to end of + previous line let w = substitute(w, '\\', '\\\\', + "") call search('\<\V' . w . '\>') " + position cursor on match " Add a match highlight to + the word at this position hi previewWord term=bold + ctermbg=green guibg=green exe 'match previewWord "\%' + . line(".") . 'l\%' . col(".") . 'c\k*"' wincmd p + " back to old window + endif + endif +endfunction au! CursorHold *.[ch] nested call PreviewWord() + +" Note: " When you open a parenthesis after a function name, and +at the " line end, that function's definition is previewed through +PreviewWord(). " This is inspired from Delphi's CodeInsight technology. +" Something similar (PreviewClassMembers) could be written for " the C++ +users, for previewing the class members when you type " a dot after an +object name. " If somebody decides to write it, please, mail it to me. +function! PreviewFunctionSignature() + let CharOnCursor = strpart( getline('.'), col('.')-2, 1) if col(".") == + col("$") + call PreviewWord() + endif return "(" +endfunction inoremap <buffer> ( +<C-R>=PreviewFunctionSignature()<LF> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>all the right moves</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=278">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=278</A><BR> + +One of the principles of effective text editing is moving around very +efficiently. Following are some pointers which may help u do that. + + h move one character left j move one row down + k move one row up l move one char. right. w move + to begining of next word b move to begining of previous word + e move to end of word W move to begining of next word after a + whitespace B move to begining of pervious word before a whitespace + E move to end of word before a whitespace. + +(All the above movements can be preceeded by a numeric value . i.e '4j' +will move 4 rows down ) + + ^ move to first non blank char of the line. g_ move to last non + blank char of the line. 0 moev to begining of line $ move + to end of line. gg move to first line. G move to last line. + nG move to "n"th line. H top of screen. + M middle of screen + L bottom of screen + Ctrl-D move half page down Ctrl-U move half page up. Ctrl-B page-up + Ctrl-F page down. + + Ctrl-o last cursor position. '[a-z,0-9,A-Z] jump to the marker. (u + can set a marker on line by :- m[a-zA-Z,0-9] and then jump back to + it by '[a-z,A-Z0-9] + + n next matching search pattern N previous matching search pattern * + next word under cursor + # previous word under cursor. g* next matching search pattern + under cursor. g# previous matching search pattern under cursor. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>On Windows, make GVim +the default action for double-click with "unknown file types"</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=279">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=279</A><BR> + +I find myself installing the following registry modification for all my +PC's now (even other people's PC's). It applies to Microsoft Windows +machines only. The following is also for Windows 9x... NT or XP or 2000 +may require modifications (which I don't care to understand!). + +The problem: You double-click on a file that doesn't have a 'registered type' +and that pesky "What program should I use?" dialog pops up. Even worse, +depending on the installation, the GVim icon may not be listed, and one has +to browse to the executable... and then the type becomes forever bonded +to being editted with GVim (if that box is checked). The standard Vim 6.1 +installation does include a "right click to edit" menu item for all files, +but a double-click is so much faster! + +The solution: What if unregistered types would just automatically open up +in GVim? Well, they can.. with a little registry trickery. + +How to Install it: + +Step 1. Create a text file called "vimalways.reg" and paste the below text +into it. + +Step 2. Important NOTE: You will have to edit the pathname to correspond +to the pathname of your GVim.exe. The text below works fine for a GVim 6.1 +default installation. + +Step 3: Save the file. + +Step 4: Right-click on the file and select "install". Then you are done! + +------ vimalways.reg ------- cut here ------snip---snip--- REGEDIT4 + +[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\*\shell] + +[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\*\shell\Open with &GVim] @="Open +with &GVim" + +[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Classes\*\shell\Open with &GVim\command] +@="\"C:\\vim\\vim61\\gvim.exe\" \"%1\"" + +----end of file---- cut here----- snip---snip---- + +Note 1. This can't be de-installed automatically, and if you want to remove +it, you'll have to edit the registry by hand (annoying, but easy). + +Note 2. Keep this file around, so when you upgrade your GVim, all you have +to do is modify the pathname (to say, for example, vim62) and then install +it again. + +Ok, thanks for playing! And thanks to the author(s) of Vim and GVim. +If it weren't for them, I'd still be using elvis or stevie! + + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Integration +with PyUnit testing framework</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=280">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=280</A><BR> + +Vim has a wonderful ability to integrate with external tools, like compilers, +make, ctags etc. That's one of the reasons we love it. + +PyUnit can be seen as a "compiler" for the Python test code. To understand +it, Vim should be told about the language the PyUnit speaks. This could be +done with 'errorformat' option: + +setlocal efm=%C\ %.%#,%A\ \ File\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%.%#,%Z%[%^\ ]%\\@=%m + +This magic spell enables Vim to parse unittest.TextRunner's output and to +enter quick-fix mode. To run all your unit tests at once you'll need to setup +'makeprg' option and provide a runner. I'm using this setup: + +setlocal makeprg=./alltests.py + +And contents of the alltests.py (for the sake of completeness): + +#!/usr/bin/env python2 + +import unittest import sys sys.path.append('unittests') + +modules_to_test = ( + 'fooTest', 'barTest', 'bazTest', +) + +def suite(): + alltests = unittest.TestSuite() for module in map(__import__, + modules_to_test): + alltests.addTest(unittest.findTestCases(module)) + return alltests + +if __name__ == '__main__': + unittest.main(defaultTest='suite') + +============== end of the alltests.py file ======================== + +While talking about it, I'd also suggest to add a couple of mappings. +In the end, my vim/files/ftplugin/python.vim looks like this: + +setlocal makeprg=./alltests.py\ -q setlocal efm=%C\ %.%#,%A\ \ File\ \"%f\"\\,\ +line\ %l%.%#,%Z%[%^\ ]%\\@=%m iabbr <buffer> sae self.assertEquals +iabbr <buffer> sar self.assertRaises + +For details see :help quick-fix, :help +'efm' and :help 'makeprg'. See also: <A +HREF="http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?PythonUnit">http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?PythonUnit</A><BR> + +Many thanks to Stefan Roemer who patiently spent quite some time to build +'efm' for me. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Stateful zz</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=281">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=281</A><BR> + +Do you find yourself hitting 'zz' all the time in order to see some context of +what you're currently working on? If so, then this tip might be for you. If +you add the following line in your vimrc, you can toggle zz mode by pressing +<Leader>zz. + +" maintain a constant zz state, second call will toggle it back off map +<Leader>zz :let &scrolloff=999-&scrolloff<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Folding with Regular Expression</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=282">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=282</A><BR> + +Well, I've tried to understand some of the folding scripts, but life's too +short. Instead, I added the following lines to my vimrc file. + +set +foldexpr=(getline(v:lnum)=~@/)?0:(getline(v:lnum-1)=~@/)\|\|(getline(v:lnum+1)=~@/)?1:2 +map \z :set foldmethod=expr foldlevel=0 foldcolumn=2<CR> + +The first line is an extension of foldexpr=(getline(v:lnum)=~@/)?0:1 The +second line (re)sets the foldmethod to expr(ession) plus. + +First search for /regexp/, then fold everything else with \z Use zr to reveal +more context (before/after) lines. + +You could add (getline(v:lnum-2)=~@/)\|\|(getline(v:lnum+2)=~@/)?2:3 but it +will take longer as folded lines (the majority) evaluate the full expression. + +What could be easier? + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Turn +on syntax coloring in Mac OS X</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=283">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=283</A><BR> + +This tip is actually for vim 6.1. To turn on syntax coloring in Mac OS X +enter the following commands, or place them in your $HOME/.vimrc file. + +:set term=builtin_beos-ansi :syntax on + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Mapping +to print syntax highlighted buffer in B&W</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=284">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=284</A><BR> + +I use this mapping to print syntax highlighted C++ code in B&W This tip +needs vimscript #233 print_bw. + +The mapping is as follows map <C-p> :color +print_bw<CR>:hardcopy<CR>:color sean<CR>:syn on<CR> + +Change ":color sean" to whatever is your chosen color scheme. Need to +change line 7 of print_bw from "syntax reset" to "syntax off" <C-p> +on a syntax highlighted buffer turns off syntax highlighting , sets the +colors to B&W, prints the buffer, resets the color scheme and turns on syntax +highlighting again. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Don't use the escape key!</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=285">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=285</A><BR> + +Vim (any vi really) is a dream for touch typists... Until you want to switch +from insert mode to normal mode. Then you've got to reach way up to whack +the escape key. + +Or at least that's what I was doing until I realized that (drum roll please) + + Esc is exactly equivalent to control-[ (that's the + control key plus the left square bracket key) + +That little bit of knowledge, plus mapping my caps lock to another control +key, was what turned my fascination with Vim into true love. You never have +to lose track of the home row again! + +For Xfree86 users - you can make the capslock key another control key by adding + +Option "XkbOptions" "ctrl:nocaps" + +to the InputDevice section of your XF86Config file. + +For Windows NT/2000 users - use the following .reg file to do the same thing: + +REGEDIT4 + +[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Keyboard Layout] +"Scancode Map"=hex:00,00,00,00,00,00,00,00,02,00,00,00,1d,00,3a,00,00,00,00,00 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Recover +after doing something... ugly.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=286">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=286</A><BR> + +I was once editing a file and wanted to test something. The test was meant +to add a line at the end of the file, from outside vim. All was fine, but +instead of >>, I wrote >. You can imagine what happened... :) + +If you happen to do something like that, the solution is: + +:recover + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Cool trick to change numbers</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=287">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=287</A><BR> + +In the gvim if you want to decrement any number just put ur curcor on that +number in Esc mode and pres <CTRL> X + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>A keymapping +to generate Java setters and getters automatically</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=288">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=288</A><BR> + +This mapping makes it much simpler to write new java classes by simplifying +some of the dull repetative coding (ie setters and getters). + +To use, first write a basic class with the following format: + +public class MyClass { + + private <type> <varname> = <initvalue>; private + <type> <varname> = initvalue>; + + // getters + + // setters + +} + +Note the getters/setters comment -- they are important as they are used to +place the getters and setters. + +The mapping is: + +map jgs mawv/ <Enter>"ty/ +<Enter>wvwh"ny/getters<Enter>$a<Enter><Enter>public +<Esc>"tpa<Esc>"npbiget<Esc>l~ea()<Enter>{<Enter><Tab>return +<Esc>"npa;<Enter>}<Esc>=<Enter><Esc>/setters<Enter>$a<Enter><Enter>public +void <Esc>"npbiset<Esc>l~ea(<Esc>"tpa +<Esc>"npa)<Enter>{<Enter><Tab>this.<Esc>"npa=<Esc>"npa;<Enter>}<Esc>=<Enter>`ak + +(the above should be one long line with no spaces between the end of the +lines above). + +To use this to generate a class go to the variable that should have a +setter/getter and place the curser at the beginning of the 'private': + + private <type> <variable> = <initvalue>' ^ + +Then type: + +jgs + +this will create the first getter/setter and then move up to the next +variable. You can just keep typing jgs until all the getters/setters have +been generated. + +This should mapping isn't perfect and someone could probably make it a little +cleaner. It could also relatively easily be adapted to C++. Please feel free +to send me any feedback/enhancements as I am trying to compile a list of these. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Alternative +<escape> that allows you to do a "quick and dirty +insert" and get out into normal mode</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=289">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=289</A><BR> + +This is an alternative key combo for the escape key from the one mentioned +by David A. Rogers in vimtip #285. + +I do a lot of editting in Vim, and I've always found myself in situations where +I had to "do a quick insert" - basically (from normal mode), change into insert +mode, type in one quick word, then <esc> out, then navigate elsewhere. + +As has been rightly observed by a lot of people, the <esc> key can +sometimes be a little bit out of the way. But that's no problem for ViM, is it? + +At first, I thought of editting the ViM source code itself, in order to come +up with a command that could do things like say "let me jump into insert +mode, type a few quick words, then escape out into normal mode when i press +something like double <space>". + +It was only later when reading through the section in +Jesse Goerz's "Beginner's Guide to ViM" on remapping (<A +HREF="http://newbiedoc.sourceforge.net/tutorials/vim/mapping-vim.html) +that I got inspired to retake a look at using remapping as an alternative +instead.">http://newbiedoc.sourceforge.net/tutorials/vim/mapping-vim.html) +that I got inspired to retake a look at using remapping as an alternative +instead.</A><BR> + +This is what I came up with.. Use whatever is comfortable for you - single +or double <Shift-space> + +:map! <S-space> <esc> :map! <S-space><S-space> +<esc> + +With this quick combo ("Shift", + <space>), one can easily (and might +I add, intuitively) "do a quick insert" and exit quickly out into normal +mode. I guess I always thought the <space> would be a good way to +do this sort of thing, since it is after all, so intuitive in the typing +process. So why not make it such that it can "escape" you out into normal +mode as well? Just type 'i', to go into insert mode, type in your stuff, +and once you're done, hit Shift-space! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Text +Processing With Integrated Spell Checking</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=290">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=290</A><BR> + +I have written an HTML document to help others use Vim as a basic text +processing application. It discusses how to integrate spell checking, +dictionary, and thesaurus applications. It also talks about wrapping lines, +indentation, justification, and the vim settings that effect the behavior +of these operations. The document can be found at: + <A + HREF="http://www.highley-recommended.com/text-processing.html">http://www.highley-recommended.com/text-processing.html</A><BR> + +Everything has been tested with UNIX, Linux, Windows, and Windows with +Cygwin patforms. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>^P +& auto filling of variables and text</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=291">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=291</A><BR> + +Do you know you can auto fill the variable and names as you type your code +? This will help most of the programmers, who always try hard to remember the +variable names and browse through all the files to find out the variable name. + Use Ctrl+P and Ctrl+N to autofill the variables names etc. Just practice, + you will feel the ease of using vim + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>vim + cscope + cygwin</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=292">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=292</A><BR> + +I've found that vim + cscope + cygwin does not work. The problem seems to +be that in + +sprintf(cmd, "exec %s -dl -f %s", prog, csinfo[i].fname); + +vim execs cscope with the "-dl" options, causing it to fail. It is probably +a cscope bug, but a simple workaround is top build vim without thad "d": + +sprintf(cmd, "exec %s -l -f %s", prog, csinfo[i].fname); + +seems to work for me! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>remember +where you had ended reading help</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=293">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=293</A><BR> + +You could jump to the last place you had been while reading Vim help files +if you add this to your .vimrc file: + +au BufLeave * if &ft == "help" | mark H | endif + +Then use 'H to go to the mark H. + +To work between Vim runs 'viminfo' option should be setup to save file marks. +See :help 'viminfo' and :help file-marks for more information. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Use +Ctrl-S to save current or new files.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=294">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=294</A><BR> + +I wanted to have a single key stroke that would save existing files, or call +the file browser. Here's a key map for Ctrl-S to accomplish that (place in +vimrc file): + +if has("gui_running") + " If the current buffer has never been saved, it will have no name, + " call the file browser to save it, otherwise just save it. :map + <silent> <C-S> :if expand("%") == ""<CR>:browse confirm + w<CR>:else<CR>:confirm w<CR>:endif<CR> +endif + +Tom Kimpton + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Line/word/file/whatever completion</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=295">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=295</A><BR> + +In addition to vimtip #291 you can use whole <C-x> completion mode. It +can complete whole lines (<C-x>l, then <C-p>, <C-n>), +filenames (<C-f>), keywords, words from custom dictionary and many, +many others. During coding it usually saves a LOT of key strokes ;) This +mode has many other powerful features, for example when completing word (by +<C-x><C-p> or just by <C-p>) you can continue completion +with another <C-x><C-p>. For example, after writing such text: + +this is first line second line is here + +Placing cursor at third line and pressing <C-x>l will double last +line - <C-n>, <C-p> in this moment can be used to manipulate +completed line. Or, instead of completing whole line you can press 'f' and +then complete by <C-p> which will result in 'first' word. After that +you can <C-x><C-p> to get 'line' word (since this is next word +after 'first'). Try yourself for other powerful combinations. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Attach +the currently open file to email</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=296">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=296</A><BR> + +This is very simple, but most people don't seem to take advantage of +this. Often you have some file (source code or other text file) already open +in an existing vim session and you need to attach it with an email. It is +very simple. + - First copy the filename into clipboard. For this I put the following + mapping in vimrc and press <F2>: + nnoremap <F2> :let @*=expand("%:p")<cr> + - Go to your email compose window and use your regular file attachment + menu (Insert->File in outlook) and press ^V (or whatever key to paste + clipboard) and press Enter. + +That is all there to it. If you are on windows and your email client doesn't +accept forward-slashes, then you might want to change the map to: + + nnoremap <F2> :let @*=substitute(expand("%:p"), "/", "\\", + "g")<cr> + +HTH, Hari + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Start +in insert mode without loosing your escape key</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=297">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=297</A><BR> + +There are two parts to this, each is fairly simple. + +First, I want to start in insert mode. Well "set im!" in my vimrc did the +job, but I lost the escape key. Second, I have found that often times, +when I'm in command mode, I hit escape trying to get back into insert mode. +I am always rewarded with a beep, telling me once again I made that mistake. + +So I mapped esc in command mode to set insert mode (":set im") and I mapped +esc in insert mode to unset insert mode (<c-o>:set im) Well then I +realized if you hit "i" in command mode, escape woulding work the first time. +So here's the code to add to your vimrc: + +set im! " start in insert mode map <esc> :set +im!<cr> " escape in command mode goes to insert mode map +i :set im!<cr> " i in command mode goes to insert mode +map! <esc> <c-o>:set im!<cr> " escape in insert mode goes +to command mode + +see :help insert + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Changing +case with regular expressions</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=298">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=298</A><BR> + +I stumbled across this factoid on a website about vi. I haven't been able to +locate it in the Vim documentation, but it works in Vim, and it's very handy. + +There are times that you might like to go through a file and change the case +of characters that match some arbitrary criteria. If you understand regular +expressions well, you can actually do this fairly easily. + +It's as simple as placing \U or \L in front of any backreferences in your +regular expressions. Vim will make the text in the backreference uppercase +or lowercase (respectively). + +(A "backreference" is a part of a regular expression that refers to a previous +part of a regular expression. The most common backrefernces are &, \1, \2, +\3, ... , \9). + +Some examples that demonstrate the power of this technique: + +Lowercase the entire file - :%s/.*/\L&/g + +(& is a handy backreference that refers to the complete text of the match.) + +Uppercase all words that are preceded by a < (i.e. opening HTML tag names): +:%s/<\(\w*\)/<\U\1/g + +Please add a note if you know where this is in the documentation. I have +done Ctrl-D searches on upper, lower, \U, and \L with no luck. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Open file under cursor.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=299">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=299</A><BR> + +A little thing that I did and found quite useful: + +function! OpenFileUnderCursor() + let FileName = expand("<cfile>") let OldPath = getcwd() silent cd + %:p:h execute "silent sp +e " . FileName execute "silent cd " . OldPath +endfunction + +map! silent <M-e> :call OpenFileUnderCursor()<CR> + +Then use Alt+E on a filename to open it (relative to the directory the +current file resides in). + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Making +a tags file for IDL (Interactive Data Language)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=300">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=300</A><BR> + +I have recently began using the tags features of vim (:help tags) with my +fortran codes and come to appreciate their power. I also do a lot of coding +in IDL (Interactive Data Language), but found that ctags did not have native +support for IDL. If you take the time you can learn how to get ctags to +support IDL, but I found, after a search of usenet, that someone else has +already done this and written a perl script called idltags. It is part +of an emacs package (is anyone still reading?) that you need to download, +called idlwave, which is located at: + <A HREF="http://idlwave.org/">http://idlwave.org/</A><BR> +and currently (I don't know if this will change) the direct download link is + <A + HREF="http://idlwave.org/download/idlwave.tar.gz">http://idlwave.org/download/idlwave.tar.gz</A><BR> +In the usenet pages the maintainer, JD Smith, was suggesting that idlwave +had outgrown idltags and was not sure it was still needed, so I don't know +how long it will be available. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Edit +files in path, or related.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=301">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=301</A><BR> + +You can write a little shell function that will let you easily edit any file +that is in the path, or which's location can be retrieved with the whereis +tool. This is something similar to what I have in /etc/profile: + +function vvim() { vim `whereis $1|cut -d: -f2` } function ggvim() { gvim +`whereis $1|cut -d: -f2` } + +Then just type, for example, "vvim ls", and you'll start vim with /bin/ls +and /usr/share/man/ls.1.gz loaded :) (it's not very useful to edit /bin/ls, +but you get the ideea ;) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Use gvim in kmail</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=302">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=302</A><BR> + +To automatically open gvim to edit in kmail, "-f" command line option must +be used . In kmail configuration go to the composer settings , and write +in the "use external editor" field the following command : "gvim -f %f" +Without -f option gvim would work in background and editing would not have +any effect on kmail. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Statusline +Tab Level Function Ruler TVIM</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=303">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=303</A><BR> + +I use this function to let me know if my cursor is on a TAB column. The t* +on the ruler means I am not. But t3 means the cursor is on tablevel 3 ~vimrc +----------------------- My Ruler ------------------------ r4,c13,t3 ~vimrc +----------------------- My Ruler ------------------------ r4,c14,t* If you +want to change a tab level you can drag or push the first character of a line +to a desired tab level. (more on that later) This ruler replacement will let +you know where you are, whether you like to use space tabs (see vimtip #12 ) +or regular tabs. My function is set to four space tabs stops and only goes +9 levels but can be easily modified. + +Actually I just wanted to learn how to use a function in my _vimrc and this +was my first attempt. Add this to your _vimrc + +"--------------------cut------------------ set laststatus=2 "This makes sure +the ruler shows. See help laststatus set statusline=%f\ ---------\ My\ +Ruler\ ----------\ r%l,c%c,t%{ShowTab()} "See help statusline (I toggle +between 12 helpful rulers -- more on that later) fu ShowTab() + let TabLev='*' let Col=(col(".")) if Col == 1 | let TabLev='0' | + en if Col == 5 | let TabLev='1' | en if Col == 9 | let TabLev='2' | + en if Col ==13 | let TabLev='3' | en if Col ==17 | let TabLev='4' | + en if Col ==21 | let TabLev='5' | en if Col ==25 | let TabLev='6' | + en if Col ==29 | let TabLev='7' | en if Col ==33 | let TabLev='8' | + en if Col ==37 | let TabLev='9' | en +return TabLev endf "The ruler (statusline) shows a t* unless you are on +col 1,5,9,13,... "-------------------cut------------------- + +This function ShowTab() gets called and updates the ruler with every cursor +move but it does not slow things down as I type. Perhaps a speed typist +may complain :-) In case I write something else you may search on the key +word TVIM Best Wishes TVIM Tamed Vim paradocs@frontiernet.net + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>fold braces and javadoc</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=304">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=304</A><BR> + +If you'd like to have javadoc folded together with areas in braces try that +<pre> set foldmethod=syntax set foldenable syn region foldBraces +start=/{/ end=/}/ transparent fold syn region foldJavadoc start=,/\*\*, +end=,\*/, transparent fold keepend </pre> and play a bit with: +<pre> set foldlevel=0 set foldnestmax=10 </pre> parameters + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Best +of VIM Tips (VIM's best Features)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=305">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=305</A><BR> + +Here's a necessarily cryptic list of "MY" Best Vim Tips +that I've gleaned from <A HREF="http://vim.sf.net/ & +comp.editors ">http://vim.sf.net/ & comp.editors </A><BR> <A +HREF="http://groups.google.com/groups?safe=off&group=comp.editors">http://groups.google.com/groups?safe=off&group=comp.editors</A><BR> + +updated version at <A +HREF="http://www.rayninfo.co.uk/vimtips.html">http://www.rayninfo.co.uk/vimtips.html</A><BR> +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Absolutely essential +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +vim.sf.net : Visit frequently comp.editors : "VIM" dominated +newsgroup * # g* g# : find word under cursor (forwards/backwards) +% : match brackets {}[]() matchit.vim : % now matches +tags <tr><td><script> etc <C-N> <C-P> : word +completion in insert mode <C-X><C-L> : Line complete SUPER +USEFUL /<C-R><C-W> : Pull <cword> onto search/command +line :set ignorecase # you nearly always want this :syntax on : colour +syntax in Perl,HTML,PHP etc :h slash<C-D> : type control-D and get a +list all help topics containing + slash (plus use TAB for Help completion) +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# MAKE IT EASY TO UPDATE/RELOAD_vimrc :nmap +,s :source $VIM/_vimrc :nmap ,v :e $VIM/_vimrc +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#VISUAL MODE Mappings :vmap sb "zdi<b><C-R>z</b><ESC> +: wrap <b></b> around VISUALLY selected +Text :vmap st "zdi<?= <C-R>z ?><ESC> +: wrap <?= ?> around VISUALLY selected Text +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Exploring :Ex : file explorer note capital Ex \be +: builtin buffer explorer :ls : list of buffers(eg +following) :cd .. : move to parent directory +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Great guu : lowercase line gUU +: uppercase line gf : open file name under +cursor (SUPER) ga : display hex,ascii value of +character under cursor ggVGg? : rot13 whole file +CTRL-A,CTRL-X : increment,decerement number under cursor + win32 users must remap CNTRL-A +CTRL-R=5*5 : insert 25 into text +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Makes all other tips superfluous :h 42 :h holy-grail :help! +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Markers & moving about '. : jump to last modification +line (SUPER) `. : jump to exact spot in last modification +line <C-O> : retrace your movements in file +(old) <C-I> : retrace your movements in file (new) +:ju(mps) :help jump-motions :history : list of all your commands +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Abbreviations & maps :map <f7> :'a,'bw! c:/aaa/x :map <f8> +:r c:/aaa/x :map <f9> :w<CR>:!c:/php/php.exe %<CR> +:map <f11> :.w! c:/aaa/xr<CR> :map <f12> :r +c:/aaa/xr<CR> :ab php : list of abbreviations beginning +php :map , : list of maps beginning , # For use in Maps +<CR> : carriage Return for maps <ESC> : +Escape <LEADER> : normally \ <BAR> : | pipe +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# List your Registers :reg : display contents +of all registers "1p.... : retrieve numeric buffers +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Useful trick "ayy@a : execute "Vim command" in a +text file yy@" : same thing using unnamed register +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Get output from other commands :r!ls.exe : +reads in output of ls !!date : same thing +:%!sort -u : use an external program to filter content +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Multiple Files Management :wn : write file and move to +next (SUPER) :bd : remove file from buffer list (SUPER) +:sav php.html : Save current file as php.html and "move" to php.html +:sp fred.txt : open fred.txt into a split :e! : return to +unmodified file :w c:/aaa/% : save file elsewhere :e # : +edit alternative file :e % :rew : rewwind to first file in +ARGS :bn : next file :bp : next file :brew +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Recording (BEST TIP of ALL) qq # record to q your commands +q @q to execute @@ to Repeat # editing a register/recording "ap +<you can now see register contents, edit as required> "add @a +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# _vimrc essentials :set incsearch : jumps to search word as you type (annoying +but excellent) :set wildignore=*.o,*.obj,*.bak,*.exe :set shiftwidth=3 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# launching Win IE :nmap ,f :update<CR>:silent +!start c:\progra~1\intern~1\iexplore.exe +file://%:p<CR> :nmap ,i :update<CR>: !start +c:\progra~1\intern~1\iexplore.exe <cWORD><CR> +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# FTPing from VIM cmap ,r :Nread <A +HREF="ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html +">ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html </A><BR> cmap ,w :Nwrite <A +HREF="ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html">ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html</A><BR> +gvim <A +HREF="ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html">ftp://209.51.134.122/public_html/index.html</A><BR> +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# appending to registers (use CAPITAL) # yank +5 lines into "a" then add a further 5 "a5yy 10j "A5yy +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[I : show lines matching word under cursor <cword> +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#Conventional Shifting :'a,'b>> # visual shifting +(builtin-repeat) :vnoremap < <gv :vnoremap > >gv +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# searching /^joe.*fred.*bill/ : normal /^[A-J]\+/ : search +for lines beginning A-J followed by at leat 1 A-J /forum\(\_.\)*pent +search over possible multiple lines /fred\_s*joe/i : any +whitespace including newline /fred\|joe : Search for FRED OR JOE +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#substitution :%s/fred/joe/igc : general substitute command +:%s/\r//g : Delete DOS returns ^M :'a,'bg/fred/s/dick/joe/gc +: VERY USEFUL :s/\(.*\):\(.*\)/\2 : \1/ : reverse fields separated +by : :%s/^.\{-}pdf/new.pdf/ non greedy matching (ie to first pdf) +:s/fred/<c-r>a/g substitute "fred" with contents of register "a" +:%s/^\(.*\)\n\1/\1$/ delete duplicate lines # non-greedy matching +\{-} :%s/^.\{-}pdf/new.pdf/ :help /\{-} :s/fred/<c-r>a/g +substitute "fred" with contents of register "a" # multiple commands +:%s/\f\+\.gif\>/\r&\r/g | v/\.gif$/d | %s/gif/jpg/ :%s/suck\|buck/loopy/gc +: ORing :s/__date__/\=strftime("%c")/ : insert datestring +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# global command :g/^\s*$/d :delete all blank lines :g!/^dd/d : +delete lines not containing string :v/^dd/d : delete lines not +containing string :g/fred/,/joe/d : not line based :v/./.,/./-1join : compress +empty lines :'a,'b g/^Error/ . w >> errors.txt :g/cmap\|form/p : ORing +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Paste register * :redir @* : redirect commands to paste :redir +END "*yy : yank to paste "*p : insert paste buffer +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Formatting text gq<CR> gqap (a is motion p paragraph (visual mode)) +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Operate command over multiple files :argdo +%s/foo/bar/ :bufdo %s/foo/bar/ :windo %s/foo/bar/ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +# Command line tricks gvim -h ls | gvim - : edit a PIPE!! # +vg.ksh (shell script) # vi all files in directory containing +keyword $1 and jump to $1 gvim.exe -c "/$1" $(grep -isl "$1" *) & +------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Open a +web-browser with the URL in the current line</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=306">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=306</A><BR> + +function! Browser () + let line = getline (".") let line = matchstr (line, "http[^ ]*") exec + "!netscape ".line +endfunction + +map <Leader>w :call Browser ()<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>annoying +"Hit any key to close this window..."</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=307">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=307</A><BR> + +i use gvim and bash heavily under win98. i have + +let $HOME = substitute($HOME, '\\', '/', 'g') set shell=bash\ --rcfile\ +\"$HOME\"_bashrc\ -i + +in my _vimrc, and something like + +function br() { if [ $1 ]; then + explorer.exe ${1//\//\\} + else + explorer.exe ${PWD//\//\\} + fi +} + +in my _bashrc. when i finish editing one html file, i simply type :!br % + +everything works fine now. but when :!br % executes, one console window will +bump out and wait me to press some key to contiue. i consider this quiet +annoying. i want the console window to disappear automatically if no fault +has happened. does anyone know how to achieve this? thanks. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Move through wrapped lines.</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=308">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=308</A><BR> + +If you don't like the fact that when you press Up and Down on a wrapped line, +you get to the next phisical line instead of the next line on the screen, +you can do something like this: + +imap <silent> <Down> <C-o>gj imap <silent> <Up> +<C-o>gk + +nmap <silent> <Down> gj nmap <silent> <Up> gk + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>close +vim you left open remotely</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=309">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=309</A><BR> + +Vim 6 has this cool client-server protocol. I use it all the time to edit +a file in an existing gvim, like so $ gvim --remote [filename] + +Today I left myself logged in at the console at work, and when I got home +I realized I had left vim running with files unsaved. I think I even left +it in insert mode. I wanted to edit these files at home. So I ssh'd to the +machine and started playing with the --remote commands. + +:help was a bit cryptic + --remote-send {keys} Send {keys} to server and exit. + +After a lot of failed attempts, I finally succeeded in getting the remote +vim to save its buffers and quit. + +$ DISPLAY=:0 vim --servername GVIM --remote-send '<ESC>:wqa<CR>' + +A couple of notable things. Then environment variable DISPLAY has to be the +display of the remote vim, and you have to be able to open that display. The +client-server stuff is done through X. + +The <CR> is important. This part eluded me for a long time. The {keys} +are just like keys you would press if you were editing at the console, +and you have to press enter, or vim won't do anything. + +Check your .swp files to make sure vim really closed the files it was +editing. Vim provides little feedback as to the success or failure of what +you're trying to do remotely. Nonetheless, it's clearly a useful feature to +have available. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>showing ascii +value of the current character in decimal, hex, and octal</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=310">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=310</A><BR> + +dont know if you guys know this or not, but i was trying to make the word +"hello" to upper case by trying "gaUw" (= which didnt work but it showed +the decimal, hex, and octal of the char under the cursor... ncie to know. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Open +the folder containing the currently open file</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=311">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=311</A><BR> + +Occasionally, on windows, I have files open in gvim, that the folder for that +file is not open. This key map opens the folder that contains the currently +open file. The expand() is so that we don't try to open the folder of an +anonymous buffer, we would get an explorer error dialog in that case. + +if has("gui_running") + if has("win32") + " Open the folder containing the currently open file. Double <CR> at + end " is so you don't have to hit return after command. Double quotes are + " not necessary in the 'explorer.exe %:p:h' section. :map <silent> + <C-F5> :if expand("%:p:h") != ""<CR>:!start explorer.exe + %:p:h<CR>:endif<CR><CR> + endif +endif + +Tom. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Copy, Cut, and Paste</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=312">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=312</A><BR> + +PS: copy, cut, and paste are the words from (usually) gui editor. + +Ever try to cut (or copy) some lines and paste to another place? If you +need to count the lines first, then try these to eliminate counting task. + +Cut and Paste: + +1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the block you want to CUT. 2. Mark +it with md 3. Go to the end of the block. 4. Cut it with d'd 5. Go to the +new location that you want to PASTE those text. 6. Press P. + +Copy and Paste: + +1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the block you want to COPY. 2. Mark +it with my 3. Go to the end of the block. 4. Cut it with y'y 5. Go to the +new location that you want to PASTE those text. 6. Press P. + +The name of the mark used is related to the operation (d:delete or y:yank). +I found that those mark names requires minimal movement of my finger. ;) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>printing +using kprinter (unix + kde)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=313">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=313</A><BR> + +just add set printexpr=system('kprinter'\ .\ '\ '\ .\ v:fname_in)\ .\ +delete(v:fname_in)\ +\ v:shell_error to your ~/.vimrc; further on all your +printing will be piped through the nice and consistent print-dialog of kde. + +lg, tomte + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Insert and back...</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=314">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=314</A><BR> + +this is related to vimtip #289 in terms of programmers (like I) too lazy to +move their hands to reach the far far away <esc> key.... joking! :) + actually the less your hands move around the faster you type, and the fester + you type the more time you have on your hands to think of "what" you type... + +here is a small snippet from my mappings file, ready to speed things up: // +the key overloading might be a somewhat confusing at first.... + +--cut--- imap <S-Space> <esc>l imap <C-CR> <esc>o +imap <S-CR> <esc>O + +nmap <S-Space> i nmap <space><space> i nnoremap <CR> +o nmap <S-CR> O + +---uncut--- + +Good luck!! + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>"Smart <home>"</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=315">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=315</A><BR> + +to make it faster to navigate through indented code here is a common way to +"go home"... + +---cut--- fun! s:SmartHome() + if col('.') != match(getline('.'), '\S')+1 + norm ^ + else + :call cursor(line('.'),2) norm h + endif +endfun inoremap <silent><home> <C-O>:call +<SID>SmartHome()<CR> nnoremap <silent><home> :call +<SID>SmartHome()<CR> vnoremap <silent><home> :call +<SID>SmartHome()<CR> + +---uncut--- + +what this snippet does is make the <home> key behave as it does in +such IDEs as PythonWin or MSVisualStudio, and that is first go to the first +non whitespace, and then to the first char on the line. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Using +/pattern/ search in a script</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=316">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=316</A><BR> + +There are a number of ways you can search for a pattern in a script. +The search function is the typical way to search for a pattern. But, it +has limited options. In particular, there are no options to control the +position of the cursor after it matches the pattern. + +Instead you can use :normal command. The secret is to add a <CR> +(^M) on the end of the command. For example, to search for "pattern" +and move the cursor to the end of the matching pattern issue the command: + +:normal /pattern/e+1^M + +where ^M is a real carriage return. It can be entered with +<c-v><c-m>. + +Another use is when you want to enter a bunch of normal commands together. +For example, if you were looking to find a '{' to highlight and delete +a C block. The '{' may not be on the same line so you can't use the "f" +normal command. + +:normal V/{/^M%d + +A drawback to using the normal command is that if the pattern does not +match then it is difficult to detect. Also, you can get in trouble with +the wrapscan setting. + +For more information about these commands look at + +:help / :help normal :help search() + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Mozilla Vim Keybindings</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=317">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=317</A><BR> + +If you use VIM you like the h, j, k, and l movement keys. I found myself +annoyed at not having these movement keys available when browsing web pages. +Moving to the arrow keys on a laptop is annoying to just scroll the page. + +Locate your mozilla/res/builtin directory (varies by platform). You could +search for htmlBindings.xml to find it. (ie. locate htmlBindings.xml. + +On Mac OS X it's inside the Mozilla application bundle. +/Applications/Mozilla/Mozilla.app/Contents/MacOS/res/builtin. + +Create a new XML file called userHTMLBindings.xml, making it executable for +all users and making sure the CRLF format is the same as htmlBindings.xml. +i.e. on Mac OS X most files use \r but Vim writes \n instead. You can either +save the file with Vim as a Mac formatted file or use tr '\n' '\r' < +input.xml > output.xml to convert the file. + +Place the following XML into the userHTMLBindings.xml file. + +<?xml version="1.0"?> + +<bindings id="htmlBindings" + xmlns="<A + HREF="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"">http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"</A><BR> + xmlns:xul="<A + HREF="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul">">http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"></A><BR> + + <binding id="browserUser"> + <handlers> + <handler event="keypress" key="h" command="cmd_scrollLeft"/> + <handler event="keypress" key="j" command="cmd_scrollLineDown"/> + <handler event="keypress" key="k" command="cmd_scrollLineUp"/> + <handler event="keypress" key="l" command="cmd_scrollRight"/> + </handlers> + </binding> + </bindings> + +There are many more bindings one could configure to get Vim like keybindings. +You can read <A HREF="http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html#keys for +more information.">http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html#keys for +more information.</A><BR> + +PS. I love the keymaster/gatekeeper xul reference in the xul URL above. +It's from the original GhostBusters movie. ;-) + + + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Extended +Bracket and Parenthesis + extras for perl</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=318">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=318</A><BR> + +This is an extension of vimtip #153 I found this tip useful, but the jump +seemed out of place for me, I couldn't enter just one ' or ", and so I created +an improvement Basically, I set it up so that when you're in perl and have +a non keyword charcter, (except for @, $ and % for perl) and you type a { +you get: { + | <- cursor +} Where as, when I have a keyword I get: word{} With the cursor in the middle, +for hashes in perl. I can jump out of any block, except the "" or '' blocks, +by typing their closing charcter. So } jumps me out past the next } in +the file. + +Warning, this search may wrap around. + +Finally, I made it so that, using the alt key, <Alt-'> inserts a ' +<Alt-/> inserts a " <Alt-[> inserts a [ <Alt-]> inserts a +] <Alt--> inserts a { <Alt-=> inserts a } <Alt-,> inserts +a < <Alt-.> inserts a > + +"######################################## " File - +matchMe.vim " Date - Wednesday, August 21, 2002 +"######################################## + +" This code fixes my problem with " does the one format for perl and still +keeps hashes function! InsertBrackets() + let fileType = &ft + + if fileType == 'perl' + let col = col('.') - 1 if !col || getline('.')[col - 1] !~ + '\k' && getline('.')[col - 1] !~ '\$' && getline('.')[col - 1] + !~ '@' && getline('.')[col - 1] !~ '%' && getline('.')[col - + 1] !~ '#' + return "{\<cr>\<bs>}\<esc>ko" + else + return "{}\<esc>i\<c-o>:echo \<cr>" + endif + else + return "{\<cr>\<bs>}\<esc>ko" + endif +endfunction + +" This code jumps out of the brackets function! JumpNext(normChar) + let ret = + "\<space>\<esc>ma\<left>/\\".a:normChar."\<cr>mb`ai\<del>\<esc>`bi\<right>" + return ret +endfunction + +" mappings inoremap " ""<esc>i<c-o>:echo +<cr> inoremap ' ''<esc>i<c-o>:echo <cr> +inoremap < <><esc>i<c-o>:echo <cr> +inoremap ( ()<esc>i<c-o>:echo <cr> inoremap [ +[]<esc>i<c-o>:echo <cr> inoremap { <c-r>=InsertBrackets +()<cr> inoremap > <c-r>=JumpNext(">")<cr> +inoremap ) <c-r>=JumpNext(")")<cr> +inoremap ] <c-r>=JumpNext("]")<cr> inoremap } +<c-r>=JumpNext("}")<cr> inoremap <m-[> [ inoremap <m-]> +] inoremap <m-/> " inoremap <m--> { inoremap <m-=> } +inoremap <m-,> < inoremap <m-.> > inoremap <m-'> ' + +"######################################## " End Of File +"######################################## + +If you have any other suggestions, drop a note... + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>text +formatting (lining up ='s,('s etc))</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=319">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=319</A><BR> + +some time onw would like to reformat text like a=1; foo=2; longstring=1; c=2 + +to + +a =1; foo =2; longstring =1; c =2; + +Note I am not sure wether the code above is displayed properly in your browsers +what is basically shows is all the ='s are lined up in a single column +and this is how we achive it 0f=20i<space><esc>020lvf=hx and +this is what it does 0 goes to first column f= +finds next occurance of = on current line 20i<space><esc> +inserts 20 spaces before = 0 goesback to +first column 20l forward 20 column vf=hx +deletes everything up to the = sign + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Borland pageup/down behavier</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=320">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=320</A><BR> + +borlandbehavier = the cursor keeps the same xy position during pageup/down + +Im new to VIM scripting, im sure it can be done smarter? I read vimtip #105 +and it gave me a clue of how BorlandPageUp/Down could be done. + +" i could'nt find any get_number_of_visible_lines function, so i made my own. +function GetNumberOfVisibleLines() + let cur_line = line(".") let cur_col = virtcol(".") normal H let + top_line = line(".") normal L let bot_line = line(".") + + execute "normal " . cur_line . "G" execute "normal " . cur_col . "|" + return bot_line - top_line +endfunc + +" noremap <PageUp> 39<C-U>:set scroll=0<CR> +function! MyPageUp() + let visible_lines = GetNumberOfVisibleLines() execute "normal " + . visible_lines . "\<C-U>:set scroll=0\r" +endfunction + +" noremap <PageDown> 39<C-D>:set scroll=0<CR> +function! MyPageDown() + let visible_lines = GetNumberOfVisibleLines() execute "normal " + . visible_lines . "\<C-D>:set scroll=0\r" +endfunction + +" BorlandPascal pageup/down behavier! " todo: when hitting top/bottom of file, +then restore Y to lastY noremap <PageUp> :call MyPageUp()<CR> +noremap <PageDown> :call MyPageDown()<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Centura +swap with upper/lower line behavier</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=321">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=321</A><BR> + +I was once forced to use a windows development suite called "Centura". +The only good thing i remember was its swap current_line with upper/lower line. + +function! MySwapUp() + let cur_col = virtcol(".") normal ddkkp execute "normal " . cur_col . "|" +endfunction + +function! MySwapDown() + let cur_col = virtcol(".") normal ddp execute "normal " . cur_col . "|" +endfunction + +" swap lines and preserve cursorx " todo: in visual mode, perform swap with +line before/after the selection noremap <S-Up> :call MySwapUp()<CR> +noremap <S-Down> :call MySwapDown()<CR> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>text +template with placeholders</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=322">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=322</A><BR> + +Many scripts/ftplugin provide text or code templates. Sadly none of the +marks the places where you are supposed to "fill in the form". My own code +templates for C/C++ insert a triple percent (%%%) where you are supposed to +enter something. I mapped ;; to find the next %%% and change them. All the +template mappings are insert-mode only, while the "skip to next placeholder" +is both insert and normal mode enabled. + +A complete for-loop template for C++ looks like: + +:imap <buffer> ;fo <C-O>mzfor( %%%; %%%; %%%)<CR>{ // +%%%<CR>%%%<CR>}<CR><C-O>'z;; + +The command to go to the next placeholder is this: + +:imap <buffer> ;; <C-O>/%%%<CR><C-O>c3l :nmap +<buffer> ;; /%%%<CR>c3l + +Every time I need a for-loop ;fo produces this ( _ is the cursor position) +: for( _; %%% ; %%%) { // %%% + %%% +} + +Now I enter starting value (i=0): for( i=0_; %%% ; %%%) { // %%% + %%% +} + +and go to the condition using ;; for( i=0; _ ; %%%) { // %%% + %%% +} + +and so forth. + +The choice of %%% proved to be almost universal, it even works in MATLAB or +LaTeX where % is the comment character. + +Even if you forget to replace one %%%, that's not a problem as the compiler +flags is as a syntax error (except MATLAB and LaTeX, of course). + +It made my life easier, maybe it works for you. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>using folders with latex</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=323">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=323</A><BR> + +set foldmarker=\\begin,\\end set foldmethod=marker + +this is useful with big latex document + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Search +and replace in files named NAME</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=324">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=324</A><BR> + +I'm not sure if there is a simple way to do this from within Vim, but, +I wrote this simple script that does it. It basically searches for files +named NAMED (whatever name pass) for a given string and replaces that with +a given string: find_replace.sh NAMED "string_to_find" "string_to_replace" + +This is all done from the command line without opening Vim. + +Of course one could do things like: + :let n = 1 :while n <= argc() " loop over all + files in arglist : exe "argument " . n : " start at + the last char in the file and wrap for the : " first + search to find match at start of file : normal G$ : + let flags = "w" : while search("foo", flags) > 0 : + s/foo/bar/g : let flags = "W" : endwhile : update + " write the file if modified : let n = n + 1 :endwhile + +As suggested in the Vim help files :-) but, I wanted to go and find only +these files... here is the script: + 1 #!/bin/sh 2 # Luis Mondesi < lemsx1@hotmail.com > 3 # + DESCRIPTION: 4 # it uses vim to replace a given string for 5 # + another in a number of files 6 # 7 # usage: 8 # find_replace.sh file + "string" "replace" 9 # + 10 if [ $1 -a $2 -a $3 ]; then 11 for i in `find . -name "$1" + -type f | xargs grep -l $2`; do 12 # how do search and replace + 13 # the screen might flicker... vim opening and closing... + 14 vim -c ":%s/$2/$3/g" -c ":wq" $i 15 done 16 exit 0 + 17 fi 18 # I should never reach here 19 echo -e "USAGE: find_replace.sh + file 'string' 'replace' \n\n" 20 exit 1 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Errorformat +for java/ant/junit/cygwin/bash</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=325">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=325</A><BR> + +If you program in Java and use Jakarta ant for builds *and* if you have the +bash shell, this tip will make your development experience a little smoother. + +This tip will result in a working compile/edit/debug system (in Win32 vim/gvim +and in Cygwin vim) that takes you to the exact lines where the build fails, +whether the failure is a compilation error or a junit test failure. If you +use bash on a linux box, you shouldn't have to change very much to get +everything to work. + +There are 6 sections: 1. set up your build script 2. set up makeprg 3. set +up shell options 4. set up path formatting options 5. set up your errorformat +6. set up key mappings + +Set up build script ------------------- Add the following script to your path +(I use /usr/local/bin/): + +mymake: #!/bin/bash cd /work/ ant -emacs $* 2>&1 | tr '\\' / | tr ^M ' +' | sed -u -n -f /usr/local/bin/testerrors.sed | tee /tmp/errors + +Comment: sed -u is non-standard, use the code at: <A +HREF="http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-gnu-utils/2002-May/000192.html to +get">http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-gnu-utils/2002-May/000192.html to +get</A><BR> the -u option for sed (this avoids waiting for the build output +to get to the screen) + +testerrors.sed: # This assumes that all your junit test cases are in a com.* +package /^Running com\./ { + # duplicate the line s!\(.*\)!\1\ +\1! + P + + # turn the test package into a directory path for %D errorformat + s!.*\(com\..*\)\.[A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*!\1! s!\.!/!g s!.*!Entering: + /work/src/&! + + # print the line and go on p n +} + +# just pass any unmatched lines through p + +Set up makeprg -------------- Add the following lines to your vimrc: + autocmd BufNewFile,BufRead /work/*.java set makeprg=mymake autocmd + BufNewFile,BufRead ?:/work/*.java set makeprg=mymake + +Set up shell options -------------------- Add the following lines to your +vimrc: + " in order to have bash as the shell for win32 vi.exe and gvim.exe, + you have " to set these options, and also build vimrun.exe in the cygwin + environment " so that the system() call is executed via bash, not cmd.exe + -- the command " to build vimrun.exe is "make -f Make_cyg.mak vimrun.exe" + set shell=bash.exe set shellcmdflag=-c set shellslash + +Also to use this environment in Win32 gvim, you must recompile vimrun so +that gvim invokes the shell via bash, not via cmd.exe. + +Set up path formatting options ------------------------------ Add the +following lines to your vimrc: + " allows DOS file names from UNIX (Cygwin) vim set isfname+=\ + +Set up your errorformat ----------------------- Add the following lines to +your vimrc: + " the "\%DEntering:\ %f," rule relies on a sed script which generates " + "Entering: " messages for each test class run (the directory name is " + generated from the test class package and a hard-coded src root) + + " the "%\\C" at the start of the exception matching line tells to match + " case-exact (the exception mathching lines rely on the %D rule that sets + " up the correct directory from the package structure) + + " ant/junit/javac errorformat set errorformat= + \%-G%.%#build.xml:%.%#, \%-G%.%#warning:\ %.%#, \%-G%\\C%.%#EXPECTED%.%#, + \%f:%l:\ %#%m, \C:%f:%l:\ %m, \%DEntering:\ %f\ %\\=, \%ECaused\ + by:%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, \%ERoot\ cause:%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, + \%Ecom.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, \%Eorg.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, + \%Ejava.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, \%Ejunit.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, + \%-Z%\\C\ at\ com.mypkg.%.%#.test%[A-Z]%.%#(%f:%l)\ %\\=, + \%-Z%\\C\ at\ com.mypkg.%.%#.setUp(%f:%l)\ %\\=, \%-Z%\\C\ at\ + com.mypkg.%.%#.tearDown(%f:%l)\ %\\=, \%-Z%^\ %#%$, \%-C%.%#, \%-G%.%# + +NOTE: Make sure that the character before "at" is an actual Tab character +in the three long -Z lines above + +Here is an annotated version: + set errorformat= + " don't treat the build.xml diagnostic as an error + \%-G%.%#build.xml:%.%#, + + " don't treat warning lines as errors \%-G%.%#warning:\ %.%#, + + " don't treat lines containing "EXPECTED" as errors + \%-G%\\C%.%#EXPECTED%.%#, + + " look for this standard error format \%f:%l:\ %#%m, + + " look for this standard error format (with C: on front) \C:%f:%l:\ %m, + + " look for special sed-generated "Entering" lines while running tests + \%DEntering:\ %f\ %\\=, + + " look for exceptions that were thrown in the tests, use the exception + " description as the error message (don't know how to also include the + " exception name in the error message) \%ECaused\ by:%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ + %\\=%m, \%ERoot\ cause:%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, \%Ecom.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ + %\\=%m, \%Eorg.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, \%Ejava.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, + \%Ejunit.%[%^:]%#:%\\=\ %\\=%m, + + " using the "Entering" directory and the filename/line number provided + " in the exception trace, go to the test method where the exception + " was thrown \%-Z%\\C\ at\ com.mypkg.%.%#.test%[A-Z]%.%#(%f:%l)\ + %\\=, \%-Z%\\C\ at\ com.mypkg.%.%#.setUp(%f:%l)\ %\\=, \%-Z%\\C\ at\ + com.mypkg.%.%#.tearDown(%f:%l)\ %\\=, + + " empty lines terminate searching for further exception lines \%-Z%^\ + %#%$, + + " any line can intervene between the start of an exception printout + " and the line where it ends (last in list so that it is matched if + " none of the other exception trace patterns match) \%-C%.%#, + + " all other lines are not errors \%-G%.%# + +Set up key mappings ------------------- Add the following lines to your vimrc: + nmap <F10> :clist<CR> nmap <F11> :cprev<CR> nmap + <F12> :cnext<CR> + +This allows for quick error navigation. + +NOTES ----- Vim treats the "Entering: /work/src/..." messages in a weird way. +If there are any actual errors, then these error lines are ignored by the +:cnext and :cprev commands, but if there are no real errors, then :cnext and +:cprev roll through these "Entering:" messages as if they were errors, but +since they don't include any line numbers, the cursor position is never moved. + +I thought that this was strange, but even stranger, it is programmed directly +into the vim error handling code to function exactly this way. There were +no comments, and nobody responded on the vim mailing list, so I just decided +to live with it. + +The upshot of it all is that if you see an error like "Entering:", chances +are that your build succeeded and all the tests ran without a problem. + +Hope this helps... + +Mail me with bugs at jdsumsion at earthlink.net. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Help +for VIM Help (VIM QuickRef)</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=326">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=326</A><BR> + +Type :help quickref or :h quic + +And get a VIM Command Quick Reference Page brilliant for beginners & +oldtimers alike + +type :h help to learn how to use help + +Other Help Tips + +# help for help :h visual<C-D><tab> : obtain list of all +visual help topics + : Then use tab to step thru them +:h ctrl<C-D> : list help of all control keys :h :r +: help for :ex command :h CTRL-R : normal mode :h \r +: what's \r in a regexp :h i_CTRL-R : help for say <C-R> +in insert mode :h c_CTRL-R : help for say <C-R> in command +mode :h v_CTRL-V : visual mode :h tutor : VIM Tutor + +These are also listed in my Best Of VIM Tips vimtip #305 + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>key mappings</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=327">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=327</A><BR> + +I use my left thumb for the alt key and right for the space. Using this +combo, you can get some useful key maps for which you don't have to move +your hands. I find I have to turn my hand a little to press the left ctrl key. + +These are some maps i use for C programming. + +map ' ` map <C-f> :w<C-m>:!make<C-m> map <M-]> +<C-]> Tags map <M-[> +<C-t> Tags map <M-u> +:!ctags -R *<C-m> Build +Tags map <M-c> I/*<Esc>A*/<Esc> +Comment current line map <M-d> ^xx$xx +Delete comment for a single line map <M-l> +[{zf% Fold upto the enclosing brace +level map <M-o> zo open fold +map <M-i> zc close fold map +<M-.> :cn<C-m> Go +to next error in list map <M-,> :cp<C-m> +previous error in list + +imap <Tab> <C-p> +Complete word inoremap <S-Tab> <Tab> +Tab inoremap { <CR>{<CR> +Brace and line inoremap } <CR>} +brace and line. saves one enter stroke + +imap <M-j> <Esc> +Escape. Don't want to move my hand to esc key. imap <M-k> <C-y> +Copy line from above. imap <M-q> /* */<Esc>hhi +Comment selected lines + +noremap <M-r> ddko{<C-m>}<Esc>kpko Convert a +simple statement to a compound statement. And place cursor above prev line. +noremap <M-k> ddko{<C-m>}<Esc>kpo Same as +above but place cursor below old line. + +vnoremap <M-j> <Esc> vnoremap <M-c> +di/*<C-m>/<C-m><Esc>kkp Commented selected text + +nmap <M-n> :noh<CR> No hilight + +Bye, + Nithin. + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> <html><center>Vim +in Microsoft Visual Foxpro</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=328">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=328</A><BR> + +You can tell MS VFP to use an external editor for editing project files. +To tell MS VFP to use Vim: + +start regedit locate [HKEY_CURRENT_USER + \Software + \Microsoft + \VisualFoxPro + \5.0 + \Options] + +and create a new item TEDIT with string content "/N +C:\Progra~1\vim\vim61\gvim.exe" (or whatever your path to Vim happens to be.) + +This will not replace the internal VFP editor for such things as modifying the +"click method" for a button (unfortunately), but when you modify a program, +VFP will fire up gvim. + +Start MS VFP, start Help and look for TEDIT. ;-) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>A map for swapping words</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=329">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=329</A><BR> + +Put the following map into your <.vimrc>: + + nmap <silent> gw + "_yiw:s/\(\%#\w\+\)\(\W\+\)\(\w\+\)/\3\2\1/<cr><c-o><c-l> + +Then when you put the cursor on or in a word, press "gw", and the word will +be swapped with the next word. The words may even be separated by punctuation +(such as "abc = def"). + +While we're talking swapping, here's a map for swapping characters: + + nmap <silent> gc xph + +This hint was formed in a collaboration between Chip Campbell - Arun Easi - +Benji Fisher + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>how to stop auto indenting</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=330">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=330</A><BR> + +Since VIM 6.0 the indent has been improved so much. But sometimes when +we are pasting formated text (source code or HTML etc) into a buffer, VIM +indents again so that lines will be padded with too much spaces. + +Setting nocindent, noautoindent, nosmartindent still cannot stop this. All you +need to do is "set paste", then paste your stuff, and then "set nopaste" again. + +Ref: indentexpr + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>modline magic...</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=331">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=331</A><BR> + + One of the things about vim that are both quite simple yet very +useful is that you can store by-file settings... that is each file can +contain settings specific to it. this thing is called a modline (:help +modline). though this is limited to only the 'set' command arguments, you +can do allot of local to file things like the indent type, folding method +and so on. + +the syntax is as follows: + +// vim:set ts=4 sw=4 nowrap: + +or + +/* vim:noai:ts=2:sw=4: */ + + The modlines can be contained in comments so as to not interfere with +the file syntax (shown here for C/C++). these lines are read by vim when +it loads the file, and they can either be in the first or last 5 lines +(by default). + +refer to ':help modline' + +//and a happy 20th birthday to the good old smiley!! :-) + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>make footnotes in vim</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=332">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=332</A><BR> + +I found at <A +HREF="http://groups.google.com/groups?q=vim+changing+shell+to+zsh&hl=en&lr=&ie=UTF-8&selm=S_Rh9.716%24a5.124150%40news.uchicago.edu&rnum=4">http://groups.google.com/groups?q=vim+changing+shell+to+zsh&hl=en&lr=&ie=UTF-8&selm=S_Rh9.716%24a5.124150%40news.uchicago.edu&rnum=4</A><BR> +a macro to insert footnotes in vim, but it doesn't work as of vim6.0. so i +wrote my own; this macro requires two differents shortcuts, one for entering +the first footnote, the other one for all subsequent footnotes. + +when you hit "K0" (first footnote) or "KK" (all other footnotes) in normal +mode, your cursor is positionned at the end of the document, in the footnote & +in insert mode. The "a" bookmark is set to the place where you entered the +footnote in the text. so a "`a" will bring you back to the location of the +footnote in the text. + +" for now requires entering K0 for the first footnote and then KK +nmap K0 i[0]<esc>maG$i<end><enter>[0] nmap KK +maG$?\[[0-9]*\]<enter>yt]G$i<end><enter><esc>p<C-a>i<end>]<esc>`aP<C-a><right>i]<esc>maG$i<end><end> + +</pre></tip> </html> <Tip category="KVim"> +<html><center>Syntax-based folding for c/c++/java</center> <pre> <A +HREF="http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=333">http://vim.sf.net/tip_view.php?tip_id=333</A><BR> + +Here's a function to toggle the use of syntax-based folding for a c/c++/java +file. It also handles folding markers. + +function! OutlineToggle() + if (! exists ("b:outline_mode")) + let b:outline_mode = 0 + endif + + if (b:outline_mode == 0) + syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold syn sync + fromstart set foldmethod=syntax + + silent! exec "%s/{{{/<<</" silent! exec "%s/}}}/>>>/" + + let b:outline_mode = 1 + else + set foldmethod=marker + + silent! exec "%s/<<</{{{/" silent! exec "%s/>>>/}}}/" + + let b:outline_mode = 0 + endif +endfunction + +</html></tip> |